Comes The Inquisitor, Shapeshifters, TEEN, Complete-9/23

Have A Roswell Conventional Couples fic? Post it here.
Post Reply
User avatar
Kathy W 2200
Fan Fic Fanatic
Posts: 602
Joined: Mon Jun 06, 2005 11:51 am

Post by Kathy W 2200 »

Hello to everyone reading!




CHAPTER SEVENTY-SIX



December 14, 1947, 0645 hours

Eagle Rock Military Base





Terminate? Spade sat paralyzed in his chair, horrified at Ramey's announcement. They're going to kill him, he thought in disbelief, surprised to find that hot well of anger flaring again at the thought of John's death just like it had for Treyborn's. He glanced back and forth from Cavitt to Pierce, expecting a firestorm of protest....and found none.

"That would be unfortunate," Pierce said, in the tone of voice one uses when the ice cream parlor is out of your favorite flavor.

"But understandable," Cavitt added. "It's too risky to lose, and if it's too risky to keep, then the only alternative is to get rid of it. At least we'll still have its ship."

"I assume I would be allowed to conduct the autopsy?" Pierce asked.

Spade stared at both of them, thunderstruck. Not even a full minute after Ramey had uttered the word "terminate", and they were already divvying up the spoils. And what about his own spoils? With John gone, he'd finally get his wish—he'd be free, and so would everyone else in the compound. Not like this, he thought, echoing Yvonne last night. This time, the price of freedom was just too high.

"Doctor, let me make myself clear," Ramey said firmly. "I don't want it to come to this. I want you and your staff to spend every waking minute trying to come up with a solution. You found a way to hold him. Now find a way to identify him—and do it fast."

"Of course, sir," Pierce said promptly. "I'll do my best."

"Good. Dismissed."

Spade remained frozen to his chair as Cavitt and Pierce rose, gathered up the reams of notes they'd taken during all the various testimonies, and left the room as though nothing unusual had happened. No surprise, no outrage, no questions; just a mild sense of regret, so vague he might be imagining it. He looked at Ramey, also packing up to leave, wondering if he would be ice cold also. Cavitt was understandable; he'd said from the beginning that he'd kill the prisoner rather than have it escape or be rescued. Pierce was surprising because he should be more upset about losing such a valuable lab rat. But Ramey? Ramey was one of the few reasons Spade was still willing to put on his uniform every morning. If he'd turned to ice, it was all over.

"Lieutenant?" Ramey said, seeing that Spade hadn't budged from his chair. "You're dismissed also. Thank you for your efforts and your testimony. You look exhausted—go get some sleep."

"Sleep, sir?" Spade repeated in disbelief. "You just announced you were going to kill somebody, and everybody just kind of shrugs and says, 'oh, well', and now you expect me to sleep?"

Ramey stared at him levelly for a moment, then nodded to his aides, who set down the piles of notepads he'd handed them and took up positions on either side of the door. Ramey himself resumed his seat, sinking down into his chair with a heavy sigh, lacing his hands together in front of him.

"Son, I know you sympathize with the prisoner," Ramey said quietly, "as do I. But this one's out of your league."

"And what about your league?" Spade demanded. "You're a two-star general, and you're just going to kill somebody with no trial, no evidence, no formal charges even, no anything! Just kill them—just like that! That's not even legal! This is supposed to be the United States Army, not a goddamned hit squad!"

"Be careful, Lieutenant," Ramey warned.

" 'Careful'? I am way past 'careful'!" Spade said angrily. "I'm exhausted, fed up, disappointed.....and betrayed. I thought you were different. I thought you could actually see that 'person' is not necessarily synonymous with 'human'. God, was I ever wrong. You're just like the rest of them—you have principles when it's convenient, and when it's not, forget it!"

Ramey listened to this outburst impassively, his aides shuffling uncomfortably from one foot to another. "My turn," he announced when Spade paused for breath. "First of all, Lieutenant, let me assure you that it has never been 'convenient' for me to advocate for the prisoner. I've had to fight tooth and nail every step of the way for every comfort, every consideration, no matter how small, and I'm considered mighty strange for even bothering. I imagine you've encountered similar reactions."

Spade said nothing, his fingers tapping against the edge of his chair in a gesture born partly of anger, partly of exhaustion and too much coffee. Yes, he had experienced similar reactions for months, and so had Yvonne. He'd had no idea Ramey was being treated the same way.

"I'm afraid we're in the minority," Ramey continued. "We can see past species, past the obvious differences to the similarities—but most others can't. They see at worst a monster, at best a zoo animal. They haven't talked to the prisoner like you and I have. I've encouraged many of the people who visit the observation room to speak with him, and they've all declined. They don't want to, most likely because they're afraid....and not necessarily afraid of him personally, thought that would be understandable. No, they're afraid of identifying with him, of seeing something in him they're not prepared to see. It's so much easier if they think of him as a creature instead of a person. That perspective avoids so many messy questions, so many ambiguities. If he's not a person, they can do anything they want with impunity....or so they think. Like ignoring the due process you so rightly claim he deserves. Or ordering his execution and viewing it as little more than putting a dog to sleep."

"If you really feel that way, then why are you doing this, sir?" Spade demanded. "What you're saying doesn't match what you're doing, which can only mean one thing—you don't mean what you say."

Ramey eyed Spade in silence for a moment before turning to his aides. "Leave us."

They left immediately, closing the door behind them. Ramey locked the door behind them and leaned against the edge of the table, facing Spade. "You've been honest with me before, Lieutenant. So now I’m going to be honest with you. But what I'm about to tell you doesn't leave this room. Understood?"

Wordlessly, Spade nodded. What was this? Was this about whatever was hidden down in Dr. Pierce's lab?

"I lied to Majors Pierce and Cavitt a few minutes ago," Ramey said bluntly, as Spade's eyes widened. "My orders were to ask Dr. Pierce if we had a fast, simple, foolproof method of identifying the aliens, and if he said 'no', to have the prisoner terminated immediately. As of now, I have disobeyed those orders."

Spade felt his throat constrict. Here he'd just virtually called Ramey a liar, and it turned out his real orders were even worse. God, had he made a mistake.

"It's always easy to be a Monday morning quarterback," Ramey continued, easing himself onto the table. "No doubt you're thinking the people who issued those orders are monsters, much the same way as those same people think the prisoner is a monster. And you're both wrong. Last night, when word reached Washington that this facility had been attacked, news was hard to come by and we feared the worst...and not without reason, I might add. The orders I received right before I left for New Mexico reflect that fear.

"However, after hearing testimony from those of you left standing, I'm convinced we overreacted, and I made the judgment call to extend the deadline for those orders and give Dr. Pierce at least a little time to come up with a solution. I'll be making myself conveniently unavailable for phone calls for the rest of the day, something I guarantee I'll have to explain when I get back to Washington."

"But why five o'clock?" Spade asked. "Why is that the magic hour?"

"Because it's before the sun sets, Lieutenant. I believe the aliens won't return until after dark. They obviously have some means of seeing in the dark, so I believe they'll try the same thing tonight that they tried last night, waiting for dark and cutting our power. And they'll succeed, unless we have some way to keep them out. As you said yourself, once they're inside, it's too late. Once the power's cut, we're at a crippling disadvantage. Don't take this the wrong way, but it was sheer luck that you and your men managed to repel them at all."

And a little help, Spade thought guiltily, remembering the alien's bloody nose. "Maybe they won't be back tonight," he argued. "The sedative may not have worn off completely. That would give Dr. Pierce another whole night and day to come up with something before we have to resort to murder."

Ramey shook his head. "I can't be sure they won't be back tonight. Can you? What if there are more of them, as Major Cavitt suggested? I can't justify expending more human lives in defense of a facility I know is indefensible. You lost your first man last night. Care to repeat that?"

Spade looked away, Treyborn's white face flashing through his mind. "Then give them what they want, sir. Let them have the prisoner. Let him go. That's probably all they wanted anyway, given the way they attacked. Just throw in the towel and let him go, and no one else has to get hurt on either side."

"I wish I could," Ramey replied, "but I concur with those of my colleagues who feel that the prisoner is an unacceptable security risk should he escape or be rescued. Especially if he's rescued. My first duty, Lieutenant, and yours, is the defense of the United States Government and her territories. How well are we doing our jobs if we just let the prisoner walk out the door?" Ramey sighed, folding his arms in front of himself. "Between you and me and the fence post, I don't think these people are here to hurt us. I also don't believe they're here by accident, but I've never gotten the impression they meant us harm, and last night only confirms that. But that's just a gut feeling—I have nothing to back it up. And the aliens aren't helping their own case. If they approached us, attempted to talk to us, to explain why they're here and what's going on, then maybe things would be different. Until one of them shows a willingness to communicate, I have to assume they may be hostile despite my feelings to the contrary....and act accordingly."

One of them did, Spade thought wearily, and I blew him off. Should he admit to Ramey that he'd been in contact with the aliens? Never in a million years had he ever thought he might one day contemplate doing that, but if it came to that.....if Pierce was unable to come up with something that would stay the executioner's hand.....would it be worth the resulting trip to a military prison to save John's life?

"So five o'clock it is," Ramey said. "That's as long as I'm willing to gamble with the lives of the men under my command. And believe me, Lieutenant, I am gambling. If I'm wrong, and the aliens return before nightfall, it's your life on the line too. And if we make it to five o'clock with no progress, I will carry out my orders with regret....but no apology. My conscience will be clear."

"What if we do come up with a way to identify them, and you're still ordered to kill him?" Spade asked.

"Come again?" Ramey asked, resuming his seat on the other side of the table.

"You said there was a faction that wanted the prisoner dead," Spade said slowly, a horrible dread growing in the pit of his stomach. "What if Dr. Pierce actually comes up with something, and you're ordered to kill him anyway? Will your conscience be clear then, sir?"

Ramey stared at him in silence, his face inscrutable. "One thing at a time, Lieutenant. I think we have enough problems without you dreaming up new ones. Dismissed."

The note of finality in Ramey's voice made it clear that the leeway he'd granted was over. Spade rose stiffly to his feet, muscles complaining from fatigue and being in one position for so long. He had his hand on the doorknob when Ramey spoke again.

"And Lieutenant? I realize you're exhausted and upset, so I'll cut you a pass—this time. But don't you ever speak to me in that tone of voice again, or I'll see to it that's the last thing you ever do. This is the Army, not a kindergarten. Throw your tantrums elsewhere, not with superior officers."

Spade swallowed hard and answered without turning around. "Yes, sir."



******************************************************


10:30 a.m.

Proctor residence





"Wow!" Peter exclaimed, gazing up at Dee's dining room wall. "That's a bullet hole! A real bullet hole!"

"Did you think it was a fake bullet hole?" Ernie Hutton asked, eyeballing another in the living room.

"A bullet hole? Eww!" was Rachel's contribution to the discussion.

"Did the burglar go from the living room to the dining room, or the dining room to the living room?" asked Mary Laura, studying the progression of holes studding the walls in the two rooms.

"Who cares?" Rachel asked, hugging herself and looking away. "It's creepy."

"Aw, what would you know. You're just a girl," Ernie shot back in disgust.

Standing off to one side of the pack of variously interested neighborhood children, Dee rolled her eyes. The neighbors had descended upon the Proctor household at precisely 10:15 that morning, suggesting that everyone had virtually run home from their various Sunday services to be the first to arrive and see the results of last night's excitement, much of which wasn't that exciting. The broken door in the grandfather clock and the broken dining room window elicited no interest, as virtually every child there had broken something made of glass at one point or other, whether it was a drinking glass, a pair of eyeglasses, or a window with a baseball. The staved in plaster in the kitchen and behind the front door had drawn only a bit more interest. But the bullet holes in the living and dining room walls had proven to be quite the tourist attraction....for some, anyway. Peter and Ernie were fascinated, Rachel was revolted, Mary Laura was behaving like a pint-sized police officer, and Anthony.....Anthony was hovering silently toward the back of the crowd, staring at the bullet holes with wide eyes. Poor Anthony. After she'd left him the way she had last night, it was no wonder he was so upset. He was the only one in the group who had some idea of what had really happened.

"Holy cow!" Ernie exclaimed, his eye to one bullet hole like he was looking through a telescope. "The bullet's still in there!"

"Really? Lemme see!" Peter said, trying to push Ernie aside.

"Shove off, Parker!" Ernie growled. "Go find your own bullet hole!"

Peter did, heading for another in the dining room and excitedly reporting that that one also contained a bullet. Mary Laura peeked primly into a third, getting up on tiptoe in the patent leather Mary Janes she'd worn to church. Rachel sighed. Anthony looked stricken.

"I heard your Dad had a gun too!" Peter said enthusiastically. "Is that true?"

"Yeah, he did," Dee answered, thinking of the tension still simmering between her parents about the gun. "But he didn't fire it," she added, sticking to the family-approved story.

"Too bad," Peter said regretfully. "And you didn't get to see any of this?"

"No. I was upstairs in the attic with my mother."

"I wouldn't have stayed in the attic. I would have come down here and blown that burglar's brains out," Ernie announced, making his hands into the shape of a gun and adding pow noises for emphasis.

"Wow!" Peter repeated, peering into another bullet hole, virtually beside himself with awe. "That deputy actually shot a gun off in your house! That is just so neat!"

"It's not that neat," Ernie countered. "He missed."

Daddy didn't, Dee thought silently, remembering the pile of alien dust on the dining room floor, and thinking again of what none of the Proctors wanted to talk about: Brivari wasn't back yet. She knew her parents were diplomatically not voicing their fear that he was dead, but Dee didn't share their pessimism. He's all right, she thought fiercely, unwilling to even consider another outcome. She knew he was all right. Brivari had been through so much, and he always came out okay. This time should be no different.

"Why was the Army here last night?" Mary Laura wondered out loud. "Why would they be interested in a burglar?"

Dee shrugged. "We don't know," she answered evasively. "I guess only Sheriff Wilcox would know."

"Maybe it was an alien burglar!" Ernie exclaimed, off and running on his favorite subject. "Maybe they're trying to catch it so they can experiment on it!" As he spoke, he crept silently behind an unsuspecting Rachel and clamped his hands over her eyes.

"AAARGH! Ernie!" Rachel shouted, twisting away from him. "I swear if you do that one more time, I'll.....I'll......."

"You'll what?" Ernie challenged, supremely confident that the answer was 'nothing'.

"I wouldn't worry about what Rachel would do," Dee said sweetly. "But you should be worrying about what I would do."

"You wouldn't dare hit me again!" Ernie announced, backing up as he spoke.

"That's what you said the last time she hit you," Mary Laura said dryly.

"Dee won't have to hit you!" Rachel said crossly. "I'll do it myself!"

"Oh, sure," Ernie scoffed. "You're a weenie, Cavuto. You'd never have the guts to hit me."

Dee was about to enter the fray when someone grabbed her arm and propelled her backwards; a moment later, she found herself in the kitchen facing a very worried Anthony. Adult voices floated through the side door; they'd had so many visitors descend so quickly that her parents were talking to everyone outdoors, it being about fifty-six degrees and sunny. "I wasn't going to hit him," Dee assured Anthony, assuming that was why he'd pulled her away. "Yet, anyway."

"I don't care about Ernie," Anthony said, his voice low and urgent. "Are you all right? I had no idea all this was going to happen!"

"We're fine," Dee assured him. "Well, I'm fine. And Daddy's fine. Mama, I'm not so sure about.

"Why?" Anthony asked in alarm. "What happened to your mother?"

"Nothing 'happened' to her," Dee said. "She and Daddy are barely speaking to each other because Mama didn't know Daddy had a gun in the house until last night, and she doesn't like guns because my Uncle James killed himself with a gun. And she's all worried that Deputy Valenti is going to tell on us. Every time the phone or the doorbell rings, she jumps a mile."

At the mention of Valenti's name, Anthony's face went white. "So that's why the Army was here! He called them, didn't he?"

"I don't think so," Dee answered. "Valenti and that nasty officer had a fight. He wanted Valenti to let him into Mac's house even though Mac wasn't home, and Valenti wouldn't do it. That officer wanted him to break the law, and I know how Valenti feels about that from all the times I talked to him. I don't think he'll tell."

"But then how did the Army know?"

"I don't know," Dee said, "but it doesn't matter now—we're all okay. We were always okay. We were all up in the attic, even Daddy, because......"—she hesitated, finally deciding it was safe to continue—"because we were told we'd be safe up there while...other things were going on."

"Then why did your father come downstairs?"

"Because he heard the gunshots," Dee explained. "That's when he came down and got his own gun. Mama was all upset, and she was going to follow him, but I stopped her....until we heard a gun go off again after he'd left, and then she just bolted down the ladder. But it's all right," she added hastily, as Anthony's eyes widened in shock. "We're all right. I promise."

"What are you two doing out here?" asked a suspicious voice behind them. It was Mary Laura, arms crossed across her starched Sunday dress.

"I needed to use the bathroom," Anthony announced, heading out of the kitchen just as Dee was about to tell Mary Laura to mind her own business.

"You'd better get back in there," Mary Laura said to Dee. "I do believe Rachel is on the verge of actually popping Ernie."

"Good," Dee muttered, pushing past her as she headed back toward the latest war in her dining room.




******************************************************


Eagle Rock Military Base




"Anything yet?" Pierce asked.

Corporal Brisson looked up from his microscope and sighed as Dr. Pierce entered the main lab. "Yes....and no."

"What does that mean?"

"Well, Lieutenant White and I have had some success at making the blood test easier and faster," Brisson explained. "We've perfected it to the point where all you need is a sample from a finger stick instead of a venous draw."

"That's encouraging," Pierce replied, taking a seat across from Brisson, "and I sense a 'but' coming."

"But," Brisson continued, "reading that sample is still a problem. We could do a blood smear, but that takes practice and training to learn how to spread the sample to just the right thickness. That's always tricky, and now it's harder than ever because the sample's so small."

"Or?"

"Or we could dilute, like we do for a white count. That requires use of a pipette, which also takes training and practice, but it does make the sample much easier to read. The good news is that once we come up with a readable sample, virtually anyone can see the difference between human and alien blood cells. It's the process of obtaining that readable sample that's still stumping us."

Pierce shook his head. "Good work, Corporal, but I'm afraid this won't do. Both methods still require equipment and specialized training. And even though a finger stick is much better than a venous draw, I can't imagine getting stuck every single time I go upstairs or downstairs."

"No, sir," Brisson said glumly.

"What about x-rays? Any luck there?"

"X-rays show more promise," Brisson answered. "Obviously we can't wait for them to develop, but we could install fluoroscopes at key points in the compound and have people step behind them. Unfortunately, the guards need to know what they're looking at. We could have a human x-ray handy for reference, but the procedure would still take several minutes, and the equipment is bulky and fragile."

"Closer," Pierce murmured, "but not close enough."

"What if we approach one of the companies that makes x-ray equipment and ask them to make us something special?" Brisson suggested. "Something smaller, in a sturdier housing perhaps?"

"That would be possible if we had more time," Pierce replied, "but we don't. General Ramey was very clear on this point—whatever we come up with has to be in place and useable by 5 p.m. today. Even if I could get a company interested, you know how long Army paperwork takes. We'd be lucky to have it by next year."

Brisson was quiet for a moment, staring despondently at the myriad blood samples on the counter in front of him. "We're not going to make it, are we sir?"

"Don't despair, Corporal," Pierce said soothingly. "I've been on the phone for the past couple of hours calling in every favor I can."

"Did you get the death sentence repealed?" Brisson asked.

"No," Pierce allowed. "I don't have that kind of clout, more's the pity. But I made certain our work will go on, even if the prisoner doesn't."

Brisson blinked in confusion. "But....don't you want the prisoner alive, sir?"

"Of course I do," Pierce replied, "but in times of crisis, one puts first things first. I'd love to see the prisoner live, but I have to be practical. There have always been those who felt it was too dangerous to keep, serum or no serum, and I completely agree with those who feel it's too dangerous to lose. And even if this hadn't come up, other things might have. There have always been plenty of reasons why it may need to be put down. Now," he added, glancing around the lab as Brisson stared at him in shock. "Where is Lieutenant White?"

"She....she went to visit the prisoner, sir," Brisson said. "She's very upset."

"Understandably. Is it still unconscious?"

"Yes, sir."

"How's Major Lewis' new room working out?"

"It's okay....I suppose," Brisson said doubtfully.

"Something wrong?"

"No. No, it's just so....white. I feel like I'm inside a refrigerator when I'm in there. No door, no windows, nothing but white walls....it gives me the creeps," Brisson admitted.

"Cheer up, Corporal. If things continue as they are, we won't be needing that room anyway, except for the autopsy. Poor Bernard," Pierce added, chuckling. "Major Lewis has tried every way he can think of to insert himself into this operation, and he's relegated to building manager for a room that probably won't be used. No doubt he's out there now, having a heart attack because Ramey's locked the place down and he can't get in. He won't even be allowed at the autopsy—that was one of the favors I called in. I don't want him to see what we're harvesting. Did you start the new cell samples, by the way?"

"Yes, sir," Brisson answered, perplexed, "but should I be spending my time doing that when the prisoner's life hangs in the balance? I had to move Lieutenant White to another lab so she wouldn't see, and it's all pointless anyway if the prisoner dies, isn't it?"

"No, it isn't," Pierce answered, smiling broadly. "I told you I was calling in favors, and I only wasted one making sure Lewis won't get what he wants. The rest I used to insure our little endeavor will continue, prisoner or no prisoner."

"But I don't see how we can do that, sir," Brisson protested. "I mean, I know we have plenty of the alien's cells on ice, and we could get more from an autopsy...but what about Lieutenant White? Won't everyone be reassigned if the prisoner dies and the operation is discontinued?"

"Everyone but Lieutenant White will be reassigned," Pierce said with satisfaction. "I had to pull some mighty heavy strings for that one, I can tell you, but I managed it in the end. Lieutenant White will remain assigned and accessible to me. Granted, she'd be very upset at first, and that could throw things off for a month or so. But eventually she'd calm down, things would return to normal, and we'd be able to continue. Thank goodness."

"So you're planning to go ahead with the first trial tomorrow in spite of everything that's happening?" Brisson asked in amazement.

"Absolutely," Pierce said firmly. "That's more important now than ever. Once we've actually started, it'll be all the harder to shut us down."

"But...what if we wind up losing Lieutenant White anyway?" Brisson asked. "Wouldn't it be safer to wait and see if you really manage to hang on to her? If you do need to choose another subject, that could take months, and—"

"I've thought about that," Pierce broke in. "I pride myself on planning for every eventuality. I've already put out feelers with prisons and mental hospitals, both of which are controlled situations with captive audiences. And both of which would be easier, in the long run, and yield more subjects, but....well, we've spent months collecting data. It would be a real shame to have so much of it go to waste by having to choose a new subject. And Lieutenant White represents such a sterling specimen, especially when compared to convicted felons or mental patients, don't you think?"

"Of course, sir," Brisson said faintly.

"Well," Pierce said briskly, rising from his chair, "back to work. I just wanted to see how things were going and to let you know that your position is secure no matter what happens. What's wrong?" he added, when Brisson didn't jump for joy at this news. "Is something bothering you?"

"I was just wondering," Brisson said slowly, staring at his hands, "if....well, if I was expected to....you know.....if it comes to that....if 5 o'clock rolls around and......" He stopped, looking supremely uncomfortable.

"Don't worry, Corporal," Pierce said kindly. "I'll take care of it—humanely, of course. I'll use a lethal injection; it'll probably still be unconscious at that point, and if it isn't, it'll just think it's another dose of serum. It'll never feel a thing."

"No, sir," Brisson whispered as the door closed behind Pierce. "And neither will you."



******************************************************


Proctor residence



Anthony bolted up the Proctor's staircase two steps at a time, Dee's and Mary Laura's voices fading away behind him. Careening into the bathroom, he closed the door behind him and leaned against it, his heart pounding in his chest. This is all my fault, he thought, feeling downright panicky. Almost every single thing that had gone wrong was his fault. He should never, ever have called Deputy Valenti.

Things certainly hadn't looked that way last night when all that noise had been coming from Dee's house after she'd warned him away. Anthony had been so happy to see Valenti arrive, had waited impatiently for him to go inside, and was thrilled when the men from the neighborhood headed over after the gunshots. Whatever was going on at Dee's house, at least she wasn't alone and defenseless. Then more Sheriff's deputies had arrived, responding to everyone's phone calls, and Anthony had cheered again. Whatever alien war had descended on the Proctor's house wouldn't last when challenged by that many determined humans, including his own father.

But then events had taken a turn for the worse. The Army had arrived, sending a neighborhood on the edge over the edge. The Evans' phone had rung off the hook as one neighbor called another, speculating on the reason for the Army's presence. Anthony's mother had been so agitated that she'd shipped him off to bed, ignoring his strenuous protests; he'd stayed there for exactly three interminable minutes before slipping outside again, binoculars in hand, to continue monitoring the situation at Dee's house.

Time had passed. Sheriff Wilcox arrived and disappeared inside the house with his deputies and the Army officer, leaving awhile later looking furious. The officer left shortly after that, and only then did the neighbors disperse. Anthony's father had headed back for the house, meaning Anthony had had to scramble back inside and content himself with trying to overhear his parents' conversation. Apparently Mr. Proctor has insisted on waiting for Sheriff Wilcox's arrival before he'd let the Army officer into his house, but once inside, no one had found anything unusual. "We stayed until that officer left," his father had told his mother. "We don't trust him. He's the one who locked up Mac Brazel for a week with no charges or anything." Anthony had listened to every word, noting that even though his family was new here, his parents sounded every bit as personally insulted as those who'd lived here for years.

Anthony had crawled back into bed when his parents finally retired, spending a sleepless night turning everything over in his mind, trying to convince himself he'd done the right thing by calling Valenti, without success. By daybreak, he was in such a state that he'd wanted to run right over to Dee's, but he'd had to wait, of course. I should never have called him! Anthony thought fiercely, plopping down on the toilet lid, his head in his hands. Someone else had been looking out for the Proctors; they'd been safely stashed away in the attic until Mr. Proctor had heard the gunshots. It was those gunshots which had sent Dee's father from the safety of the attic....and those gunshots had come from Valenti. Dee's mother was upset with her father about a gun she didn't know he'd had, a gun he'd pulled out because he'd heard gunshots from Valenti. And if Valenti had seen something in this house last night that the Army would be interested in.....oh, if only he hadn't called Valenti, most of what went wrong last night would never have happened.

Silent and miserable, Anthony sat on the toilet lid for a good while longer before reaching a decision. He stood up, swiping irritably at his eyes as he checked the mirror over the sink to make certain no one would be able to tell he'd been crying.

"You made this mess, Evans," he said severely to his own reflection, "so you'll have to clean it up."



~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

I'll post Chapter 77 next Sunday. :)
karenbee
Newbie
Posts: 5
Joined: Thu Feb 23, 2006 2:42 am

Post by karenbee »

i really liked this part:

"No doubt you're thinking the people who issued those orders are monsters, much the same way as those same people think the prisoner is a monster. And you're both wrong.

i love how psychological complex you're willing to get with this story. i forget that its fanfiction at all, cuz it totally stands on its own. especially as its a prequel, without any of the characters we're familiar with. (which is basically impossible with fanfic, cuz we read it FOR those characters).

so again i heap the praise. YAY for Kathy W!!!! anything to make sure this keeps being posted!

i can't believe i have to wait a whole week now! :(

p.s. how much of this is already written? with only a chapter a week and a few books to go, i could be here for YEARS. not that there's anything wrong with that. ;)
User avatar
Kathy W 2200
Fan Fic Fanatic
Posts: 602
Joined: Mon Jun 06, 2005 11:51 am

Post by Kathy W 2200 »

karenbee wrote: i forget that its fanfiction at all, cuz it totally stands on its own. especially as its a prequel, without any of the characters we're familiar with. (which is basically impossible with fanfic, cuz we read it FOR those characters).
Thank you. :) And this is precisely why I trembled in my boots when I first started posting: While there are minor characters we know from an episode or two (Grandpa Valenti, Yvonne White, Hal Carver), the pod squad won't show up until Book 5. And most prequels I've seen write Liz into the alien storyline, something I'm not doing. (What happened on the show will happen in this story 99% of the time, so Max will still love Liz, but Liz will be human.) I hoped the story would stand on its own despite the fact that it was different and pod squad-less for four books, so it's really nice to hear that it has so far. :love
how much of this is already written? with only a chapter a week and a few books to go, i could be here for YEARS. not that there's anything wrong with that. ;)
I'm currently writing the end of this book (3), so "years" is a good estimate. ;) The good news is that the rest of the books are shorter; this book is the longest of the set because it covers the longest amount of time, 3 years. Book 4 covers only one year, 1959 (Atherton, "Among Us"), Book 5 covers the birth of the pod squad and their subsequent placement with either aliens or humans and why that occurred, a few months at most, and Book 6 brings us up to the show, opening with a very familiar shooting in a very familiar restaurant. Book 6 might morph into two books depending on length, but at that point, we'll have the characters we know and love.




CHAPTER SEVENTY-SEVEN


December 14, 1947, 11 a.m.

Chaves County Sheriff's Station




"I don't want to talk to Major Cavitt, or his secretary, or his wife, his dog, or his gardener!" Valenti said into the phone in exasperation. "Isn't there someone else I can talk to?" A few feet away, Alan McMahon raised his eyebrows as he polished off his third doughnut of the morning.

"No, sir," came the equally exasperated voice at the other end of the line. "A complaint of this nature can only be directed to Major Cavitt's office. I'll connect you."

"No! I said I didn't—"

The line clicked, and that same inexplicably cheerful voice piped in Valenti's ear. "Major Sheridan Cavitt's office."

"Sorry. Wrong number," Valenti muttered, plopping the phone down in its cradle with a weary sigh. How someone like Cavitt wound up with such a perpetually good-natured secretary was beyond him.

"Problem?" McMahon asked through a mouthful of yet another doughnut.

"You could say that," Valenti said, reaching for his empty coffee cup. "Back in a minute." He passed the Sheriff's office on the way to the coffee pot and deliberately avoided glancing in the door as he walked by. His report wasn't done yet, and he didn't need an inquiring look from Wilcox to drive that point home.

After dithering for an hour following Wilcox's sermon, Valenti had reluctantly admitted the Sheriff had made at least one point he could swallow: All law enforcement personnel had a responsibility to safeguard the information they collected in pursuit of public safety. Since it was easy to make a very good case for Major Cavitt not being the "right person" to pass such information along to, Valenti had spent the past several hours calling the Army base under various aliases with various bogus alien sightings or whatnot, trying to find someone else he could inform. Chaves County received dozens of such complaints a week, so it hadn't been difficult coming up with suitable tales, and he'd been careful to place his fictitious complaints all around the county so as not to pinpoint any one location. Unfortunately, Major Cavitt seemed to be "the man" when it came to complaints of an alien nature. All of his efforts to find someone, anyone else to turn over his report to had ended in failure. It was Cavitt or no one.

"Have a doughnut," McMahon offered when Valenti resumed his seat, more confused than ever about what to do. "You look like you need one."

Valenti almost shook his head as the box of doughnuts was waved under his nose. McMahon was always eating, conversations with him inevitably laced with chewing sounds. But as Valenti hadn't had anything but coffee since dinner last night, doughnuts were looking mighty good right now; he pulled one out of the box, nodding his thanks.

"Did I hear you say 'Cavitt'?" McMahon asked, finishing off the doughnut he'd been working on when Valenti had gone for coffee.

"Yeah," Valenti said glumly.

"He giving you trouble?"

"Sort of."

McMahon shook his head as he licked his fingers. "Guy's a right royal bastard, if you ask me. I wonder what he was doing at the Proctor's house last night? Wilcox seems to know, but he's not telling. Do you know?"

"Nope."

"Well, I'd watch him, if I were you. He's the one who locked up Mac Brazel for a week."

"The Sheriff said something about that," Valenti replied, frowning. "I'd always assumed that had something to do with Brazel mouthing off on the radio, or.....wait a minute. Did you say a week?"

"Yep. Woulda been longer if Wilcox hadn't shoehorned him out of there."

"He locked Brazel up for a week?" Valenti repeated. "On what grounds?"

McMahon shot him a pitying look. "This is Cavitt we're talking about, Jim. You met him last night. Cavitt doesn't need 'grounds'."

"Do you mean to tell me," Valenti said slowly, "that he basically kidnapped Mr. Brazel with no formal charges, no due process, no anything?"

"Nothing," McMahon confirmed. "Took us most of a day to even find out where Brazel was. He just disappeared. His wife was going nuts. Guess the guy didn't get a phone call either."

"So how did Wilcox get him out?"

"Wilcox is no slouch when it comes to leaning on people," McMahon noted. "I don't know what he did, but if I were him, I would have threatened to go public. The Army already had a black eye about their famous 'weather balloon', and holding Brazel made everyone think twice about that story. Why hold a man over a weather balloon? Keeping Brazel was giving the lie to their own story."

Jesus, Valenti thought, leaning back in his chair, his doughnut forgotten. Is this what was going to happen to the Proctors if Cavitt got wind of what had really happened last night? Were they going to just disappear too? For that matter, what would happen to the Brazels? They didn't appear to have had anything to do with last night's events, but Cavitt had still tried anything he could think of to get into their house.

"Valenti!" someone called from across the room. "Phone's for you. Says it's urgent."

Still stunned, Valenti picked up the phone on his desk. "Hello?"

"Are you going to tell on Dee?" an angry voice demanded on the other end of the line.



******************************************************


Eagle Rock Military Base



Private Thompson stepped gratefully outside the main doors to the compound, and blinked in confusion. Instead of the expected sun and desert breezes, everything was dark and noisy. The long, narrow hallway General Ramey had ordered constructed as an antechamber to the compound was nearly half completed, despite construction having begun only a few hours ago. He walked to the end of the partially completed passageway before finding the sunshine he was looking for, plus one very interested Sergeant.

"You from inside?" the Sergeant asked, pausing with a sheaf of rolled-up papers in his hand, a cigarette dangling from his mouth. All around him, about three dozen men from the main base measured, sawed, and hammered, casting curious glances in his direction.

"Yes, sir," Thompson answered. "General Ramey would like an update."

"You're the first one we've seen from inside," the Sergeant observed. "Only seen the General's aides so far. What's going on in there? First we don't see you guys for months, then all of a sudden we do, then just as suddenly you disappear and we're building you a sunroom."

Thompson smiled as the men nearby chuckled; the entryway they were building was about as far from a sunroom as one could get. "The General just wants a more secure place to screen people before they go inside," he explained. "That's all."

"You lot got a security problem?"

"Something like that," Thompson said. "I'm expected back in ten minutes," he added, "so I'd appreciate that report."

"Right. Back in a few." The Sergeant disappeared into the dusty, sweaty crowd, and Thompson turned his attention to the outside of the structure, which looked like it had been thrown up every bit as fast as it had been. He hadn't mentioned to the Sergeant that every time someone stepped outside the compound they had to have their species checked when they returned, which is why he was here now instead of one of Ramey's aides; they were starting to balk at all the blood tests. Thompson wasn't exactly looking forward to being poked again, but he was enjoying the fresh air. After having been locked down for months and finally sprung, he wasn't enjoying being cooped up inside.

Not that he'd be cooped up long this time. No one was supposed to know about the 5 p.m. deadline for inventing some kind of alien identification, or the end result if they failed, so of course everyone in the compound knew. The word was that Pierce and company weren't having much luck coming up with an easy way to identify aliens, which meant that all this toil might well be useless. If someone didn't make some headway soon, there'd be nothing—or rather, no one—left to guard. "Sure hope this isn't for nothing," he muttered under his breath as he stared at the northern outside wall of the entryway.

"You and me both."

Thompson swung his head toward one of the soldiers with his back to him, hammering a support into place. Then the soldier turned around....and Thompson did a double take.

Private Johnson.

Jesus! Thompson thought wildly, looking around in panic. This was his fourth alien visitation in less than twenty-four hours, and he'd had enough of this, thank you very much. Is this what life was like for Lieutenant Spade, with aliens popping in every few hours? Soldiers wandered by, ignoring "Johnson" and casting odd looks in Thompson's direction, probably wondering why he looked so frantic, every one of them ignorant of the irony that an alien was helping them build an entryway to stave off aliens. And why shouldn't they be ignorant? Johnson looked just like them, stripped to the waist in the December desert sun, sweating like a pig and working just as hard.

"Water truck's coming," "Johnson" observed, pointing to the truck rolling up a ways away. All around them, soldiers set down their tools and headed gratefully in its direction, leaving Thompson in a position in which he'd never wanted to find himself again—alone with an alien.

"What are you doing here?" Thompson hissed.

"Helping," the alien replied briefly, reaching for another board.

"Won't you get in trouble for this?"

"Most of my people are still unconscious," the alien noted, hammering the board into place. "I was sent to do reconnaissance because I know this place, and I decided to lend a hand. No offence, but I can work longer and faster than the rest of these men."

"But....why?" Thompson asked.

"I believe I made that clear last night," the alien answered over hammering sounds. "I don't wish my people to recapture your prisoner, and you don't have much time left to thwart that."

"I thought you also said you wanted him free."

"I do."

"Then why'd you shoot him?" Thompson demanded, irritation trumping apprehension. "He might have been able to escape last night in all the hullabaloo."

"Yes, he might have," the alien agreed. "And if he had, the best that would have happened is that several more of my people would have been captured by yours, or your prisoner would have killed us all single-handedly." He shook his head regretfully. "Bringing all sides to the table will be difficult. The situation on my world is...complicated."

"You mean there's some place where it isn't complicated?" Thompson said. "Look at my world. We just had a huge war started by a lunatic who was frying people in gas ovens."

"I know," the alien answered. "Your war is over. Mine has only just begun." He looked up at the half-completed entryway. "This should do nicely. It's narrow enough to be defensible, and long enough to make it difficult to get to the door. Make sure it's well manned. The only way you'll succeed is with sheer numbers."

"At the rate we're going, there won't be any reason to 'succeed'," Thompson said soberly.

"What do you mean?"

"General Ramey says Dr. Pierce has to find a quick way to identify your people before 5 o'clock tonight. So far, no one's come up with anything. And if they don't, they're going to....." Thompson hesitated, wondering what stroke of ill luck had made him the bearer of such bad news.

"They're going to what?" the alien asked suspiciously.

"Kill him," Thompson sighed. "They're going to kill the prisoner if we can't come up with something."

" 'Kill him'?" the alien repeated, stunned. "He's the only alien specimen they have. Why would they kill him?"

"Because they think he's too dangerous to keep and too dangerous to lose," Thompson explained. "They're afraid that if he escapes, he'll give away what he's learned about us. They don't realize you people are fighting with each other, not us, and I'm not sure that would make any difference."

"This is not good," the alien announced rather unnecessarily, his finger tapping against his leg as he spoke. "There are only two Warders left; reducing their number to one is a very bad idea. What exactly do your people need?"

"I told you—a fast way to identify your people."

"But you have that," the alien protested. "We can change our exterior appearance, but our bone and organ structure remain essentially the same regardless of the shape we wear. I know this world has technology for seeing inside the body."

"Yeah, we've got x-rays, which take too long, and blood tests, which also take too long, plus they turn us all into pin cushions," Thompson noted, flexing his sore right arm and making a mental note to make them take the next blood sample from the left. "All of it's too complicated, or takes too long, or needs someone trained in medicine to do it, or read it, or both. The General wants something quick that anyone can do so we can check people inside and outside the compound."

"Admirable," the alien said, "but difficult given your current level of technology."

"Which is why I think this is probably going to be useless," Thompson answered, nodding toward the uncompleted entryway. "Your 'Warder' doesn't have much time left."

The alien dropped the hammer he'd been holding. "I can't let this happen. How long did you say we have?"

"Until 5 p.m.," Thompson answered warily, not exactly sure how he felt about being "we" with someone from another planet. "About five and half hours."

"That's not long enough," the alien muttered, pacing back and forth in front of Thompson. "My people won't be ready for another incursion that early, so we won't be able to rescue him in time."

"I thought you said you didn't want them to recapture the prisoner?"

"I don't," the alien said, "but recaptured is far better than dead. Tell Lieutenant Spade that he must find some way to delay the execution until my people can get back in there and get your prisoner out."

"Oh, so now you don't want us to stop you?" Thompson said impatiently. "Honestly, I think I can see why Spade has had it with you. You change your tune every time I see you, and I haven't even seen you that much. I'll tell you the same thing I told him—if everyone's on their own 'side', nothing's ever going to get accomplished. That goes for your people and mine."

"Here you go!" came the Sergeant's voice behind them. Thompson fell silent as the Sergeant held out a folder, the cigarette still dangling from his mouth. Behind him the workers were on their way back, many of them carrying cups of water. Break time was over.

"Thank you, sir," Thompson said, accepting the report. He nodded to the alien, who was now staring off into space, ignoring all of them, and headed back inside the entryway.

"Shoe stores."

Thompson stopped and turned around, as did the Sergeant and most of the workers, who'd just picked up their tools to resume work.

"Shoe stores," the alien repeated, staring at Thompson intently. "Tell them 'shoe stores'."

"Shoe stores?" Thompson repeated blankly.

"They'll find what they need at shoe stores," the alien repeated, before picking up the hammer and heading back to the spot where he'd been working earlier.

"Right," Thompson said slowly. "Thanks. Good luck to the rest of you," he added awkwardly to the staring soldiers as he disappeared back inside with his first ever alien message to deliver. Too bad it was gibberish that wasn't going to help.



******************************************************



Chaves County Sheriff's Station



"Are you going to tell on Dee?" the angry voice demanded again when Valenti didn't answer. It was a young voice, male, and practically quivering with righteous indignation.

"What—who—is that you, Mr. Evans?" Valenti asked in astonishment, remembering to drop his voice just in time as McMahon watched with interest.

"This is Anthony Evans," the voice announced impatiently, as though the speaker didn't have time for the usual niceties of telephone etiquette. "Are you going to tell on Dee?"

"Tell on her to whom?" Valenti asked, cupping his hand around the receiver as McMahon continued staring.

"The Army!" Evans clarified. "You called them, didn't you? I called you to keep her safe, and then you went and called the Army, didn't you?"

"No!" Valenti protested, switching the phone to his other ear and turning his chair away from McMahon. "No, I didn't. I don't know how that happened, but it wasn't me."

"So are you going to tell now?"

"This isn't about 'telling'," Valenti said in exasperation. "This is about making an accurate report, something I am bound to do by law—"

"Then why isn't that Army officer supposed to obey the law too?" Evans interrupted. "Why did he want you to let him into Mr. Brazel's house when you weren't supposed to?"

"How do you know about that?" Valenti demanded.

"Dee heard you. She heard everything."

Of course she did, Valenti thought wearily. Of all the people available to overhear that particular conversation, young Miss Proctor was the worst. "If she heard everything, then she knows I didn't do it," Valenti said firmly.

"But the officer wanted you to," Evans persisted. "Shouldn't he get in trouble? Are you going to put that in your report?"

I should, Valenti admitted silently, but it wouldn't do any good. He had no proof that Cavitt had tried to strong-arm him—it was Cavitt's word against his, and Valenti was pretty sure who would win that contest. "Look, Mr. Evans, I know you're upset, and I can understand that. But you really should leave this to the grown-ups."

"I never should have called you!" Evans said fiercely. "None of this would have happened if I hadn't called you!"

"Whatever happened to the Proctors last night started without me," Valenti pointed out. "You might very well have saved their bacon by calling me."

"No, don't you get it?" Evans insisted. "They were all in the attic! All of them! They were sent there so they'd be safe, and then Mr. Proctor heard your gun go off, and that's when he came downstairs. And now Mrs. Proctor is mad at Mr. Proctor because she didn't know he had a gun, and....."

Evans babbled on about the Proctors' argument, but Valenti wasn't listening. He was recalling something the Sheriff had said earlier, something he'd found a bit odd:

"The Proctors were in their attic because they had reason to believe that was the safest place for them to be. And they would have stayed there had you not showed up and started shooting."

He lied, Valenti thought, putting it all together. Valenti hadn't questioned the accuracy of that particular part of David Proctor's rendition of events. He'd claimed to have placed his wife and daughter in the attic for protection while he pursued the intruders, but now it seemed David himself had been in the attic, rousted only by the sound of Valenti's gun. The Proctors hadn't been caught off guard—they'd known trouble was coming and the nature of that trouble, which explained David's plea not to shoot, his cryptic comment, "They'd love it if you did their dirty work for them', and the fact that he knew how many assailants there were. Whatever the Proctors had been protecting had protected them in turn, advising them to hide. And he'd gone blundering right into the middle of it, pulling one of them out of the attic and into harm's way.

".....and now she says they're barely speaking to each other, and it's all my fault!" came the ending wail over the phone.

"No, it isn't your fault," Valenti answered. Having seen Emily Proctor angry last night over this very subject, he could just imagine what she was like now that she'd had time to think it over. "Believe me, Mr. Evans, she would have found out anyway. Maybe not last night, but someday. And you did what you did because you were concerned. You acted in good faith....and so did I. Neither one of us knew what was going on there. We were both just trying to help."

"And what about now?" Evans demanded. "Are you trying to help now?"

"Mr. Evans, I know you're upset. But I can't break the law—"

"Then what about what happens to Dee? What about all that stuff you told her about the 'spirit of the law', and not using the letter of the law to break the spirit of the law? Did you mean any of that?"

"I'm not prepared to argue state law with you," Valenti said sharply, irritated because the kid had a point. "This is out of your hands. Leave it to the professionals."

"I can't let you do that," Evans announced. "I'm coming up there."

"No!" Valenti exclaimed. "I won't be here—I'm leaving shortly. And don't call me again. If you—"

*Click*

"Damn it!" Valenti muttered under his breath, setting the phone down hard as he swung his chair around to find himself face to face with a wide-eyed McMahon.

"Shit, Valenti, what was all that about?"

"Eat your doughnut," Valenti said peevishly, gesturing toward the last one in the box.

"Not hungry," McMahon answered. "You okay?"

"I’m fine," Valenti snapped, wondering why today, of all days, was the day when McMahon finally decided he was full.

"Valenti!" someone bellowed. "Phone again!"

"Damn it!" Valenti exclaimed again, grabbing the telephone. "I thought I told you not to call me!" he thundered into the receiver.

"Really? I don't recall having that conversation."

Cavitt. Valenti sat stock still in his chair, suddenly finding it difficult to breath. "Oh. I....I thought you were someone else," he said as McMahon sat there, watching him avidly.

"I haven't received your report yet, Deputy. Is it finished?"

"Not quite," Valenti replied. Not even started, he added silently.

"Well, do be quick about it. My commanding officer is here today, and I'll need his approval."

"Approval for what?"

"To do what must be done to do my job," Cavitt announced.

"What does that mean?" Valenti asked.

"That's not your concern."

"Since when?" Valenti demanded. "If it concerns the citizens in this county, then it concerns me. For someone who claims he wants to 'work with me', you're awfully stingy with answers."

"I apologize, but I'm afraid that can't be helped. This is a matter of national security, and I would like to think I can count on your support. All I'm asking is that you tell the truth. Is that so much to ask?"

Valenti hesitated, torn all over again just like he had been all morning. No, he decided silently. Expecting the truth wasn't too much to ask, and never should be. "I'll have it done within the hour," he answered.

"Good. I look forward to reading it." The line went dead.

Valenti sat holding the silent receiver for several seconds before realizing that McMahon was still staring at him. "You know, Jim, if I were you, I wouldn't get the phone any more today," McMahon said thoughtfully. He held out the nearly empty box. "Doughnut?"



******************************************************


Eagle Rock Military Base



" 'Shoe stores'?" Lieutenant Spade repeated blankly. "That's it?"

"Yes, sir," Thompson answered. "Just that. 'Shoe stores'."

"Oh, that's helpful," Spade said sarcastically. "Yvonne, has Pierce come up with anything at all?"

"Not yet," Lieutenant White sighed. "We're still stuck with blood tests and x-rays, neither of which Ramey finds acceptable. Think for a moment, Brian," she continued. "Did the alien say anything else—anything at all—that might shed some light on what he meant?"

Thompson duly thought for a moment, then slowly shook his head. "No, ma'am. That's all he said."

"Perfect!" Spade said angrily, pacing back and forth. "Last night it was 'I want balance', and today it's riddles. This guy is so full of it, the whites of his eyes are turning brown!"

"I think he just didn't want to say anything that would give himself away with everyone listening," Thompson said hastily, glancing at Lieutenant White as he blushed slightly at Spade's off color remark. "Remember, we weren't alone then. Everyone had just come back from their water break, and—"

"I don't care who was listening!" Spade interrupted angrily. "If he's serious about keeping John alive, why didn't he just tell you what he meant? What, is this some kind of intelligence test to see if we're smart enough to figure it out before John's dead?"

"I didn't get that impression, sir," Thompson protested. "He seemed really surprised that the prisoner might be killed, and really upset about it. I think—"

"Of course he's upset," Spade interrupted again. "The game won't be as much fun with one more piece off the board."

"Stephen, stop it!" Lieutenant White said impatiently. "Let Brian talk! He's the one who was out there, not you."

"You've never met this one, Yvonne," Spade said. "This one's slippery. First he's trying to help one side, then the other side, then he tells me he's on his own side—"

"Just like you said last night," Lieutenant White reminded him. "Why is it okay for you to be on your own side?"

Sitting awkwardly in Lieutenant White's desk chair, Thompson looked back and forth from one irritated officer to the other, watching the drama swirl around him. Brian? Stephen? Yvonne? He'd known Spade's first name, but until thirty seconds ago, he'd had no idea what Lieutenant White's first name was, nor had he ever been addressed by his own first name with the exception of last night, when Lieutenant Spade had asked him to guard the lab. Belonging to the "alien club" apparently conferred a certain familiarity, judging from the first names flying around. He'd been whisked down to Lieutenant White's private and decidedly feminine quarters mere minutes after telling Spade that he'd met their alien informant outside, and the mood had changed as soon as her door had closed: Out with rank and military formality, and in with the first names and arguments.

"I can be on my own side because we're the ones under attack," Spade was saying. "Besides, this war on their planet has nothing to do with us. We shouldn't be expected to take sides in a conflict we don't know anything about."

"Well, we'll have to," Lieutenant White said firmly, "because like I said last night, we're involved whether we want to be or not. I don't really care what this alien says or doesn't say. John didn't want them to take him, and that's good enough for me."

John. It was odd hearing the prisoner referred to by a name so often. Lieutenant White was the only one who routinely referred to him as "John", everyone else calling him "the alien", or "the prisoner", or just plain "it". And Thompson was willing to bet no one else knew what Lieutenant White sounded like in private. He'd seen her go to the mat with Private Walker and Major Lewis, but those were exceptions; usually she was quiet, almost reticent, not at all the outspoken and opinionated person she seemed to be behind closed doors. What else didn't he know about what went on around here?

"Are you.....are we sure it's all right to be talking about this out loud?" Thompson asked nervously. "I mean....I know there's no place that's really 'safe', but......"

"This is where we have these discussions," Lieutenant White answered, glancing around her room. "I don't have a command like Stephen does, so there's less likelihood of anyone interrupting us."

"How often do you see aliens, anyway?" Thompson asked. "Have you seen this one before?"

"Last night was the first time I've seen this alien since last summer, on the night John was captured," Spade answered. "But there have been other incidents....like the dog."

" 'Incidents'?" Thompson repeated, his stomach going queasy all over again at the memory of petting that dog. " 'Incidents' plural? What else has been going on besides the dog?"

The Lieutenants exchanged glances. "You've had a lot happen to you recently, Brian," Lieutenant White said gently. "We don't want to overwhelm you. And we're under pressure here because we've got a life or death deadline looming. Let's stick to the immediate problem before we waste time going into other things, okay?"

"Yes, ma'am," Thompson answered, "but I don't think I can offer much more. That's all the alien said. I have no idea what it means. I haven't been to a shoe store in a month of Sundays."

"What about you, Yvonne?" Spade asked. "You're one of the few people who was actually off the base recently. Did you happen to go in any shoe stores when you were in Roswell?"

" 'In'? No. We went past several because we walked up and down Main Street, but......" Lieutenant White stopped suddenly, staring into space. "That's it," she said slowly.

"What's it?" Spade asked.

"That's it!" she repeated in disbelief. "I didn't actually use it because we didn't go inside, but I saw it through the window as we walked past and.....oh, how could I have been so stupid!" she exclaimed, leaping off the bed as Thompson leaned back in alarm. "Here all this time we've been looking in the medical world, but all of that's much too complicated, and—"

"Yvonne," Spade interrupted, "what on earth are you talking about?"

"I've got it!" she beamed, as both Spade and Thompson looked blank. "I've got the answer!"



******************************************************



Proctor residence



The phone rang, and Emily jumped a foot, her heart rate doubling in two seconds flat. She glanced at the clock—it was 2 o'clock in the afternoon, more than enough time for Valenti to have done his dirty work. She stood at the kitchen sink with her hands in the soapy dish water, listening to the phone ring, paralyzed by fear.

The side door closed, and Mac Brazel appeared with an armful of drinking glasses, glancing sympathetically from Emily to the phone. "I'll get that," he said, setting the glasses down by the sink. A moment later, when Emily heard him addressing a mutual friend, she sagged against the sink with relief. I can't keep doing this, she thought wearily. She'd panicked every single time the phone rang today, and it had rung a lot as news of the "burglary" last night spread through town. Part of the reason she'd steered their neighbors outside after the obligatory tour of the house was so she wouldn't have to answer the phone.

"That was just Eleanor down at the post office," Mac said behind her after he'd rung off, "wanting to know the details."

"Of course," Emily answered, putting the glasses Mac had fetched into the sink. With all the neighbors and refreshments, one might think they were having a party instead of an alien attack. "I imagine it's all over town now. Is everyone gone?"

"The last of them just left, including the Huttons. Did Rachel Cavuoto really almost pop Ernie Hutton?"

"Yup," Emily answered, grateful that, for once, it wasn't her own daughter popping Ernie. "Ernie's one of those who doesn't know when to quit."

"There's one in every bunch," Mac observed. "At least one." A chair scraped, then squeaked as Mac sat down. "I'm really sorry Rose and I weren't here last night."

"I'm really glad you weren't," Emily answered. "The Army came for you, and the fact that you weren't here was the only thing that shut them down."

"I would have loved to have been here to shut them down myself," Mac said darkly.

"You wouldn't have been able to," Emily said. "Your mere presence would have labeled you guilty even though you would have had no idea what was going on." She rinsed a glass and set it in the drainer. "But that's not why you're here, is it?"

"I was helping Dave pick up," Mac said. "That's why I brought the glasses—"

"And you're not here to help me pick up either," Emily interrupted, eager to get this conversation over with. "You're here to plead his case, aren't you?"

Mac gave a deep sigh. "I know you're upset Dave didn't tell you about the gun...and I don't blame you for that. He should have told you. But as far as him owning a gun...hell, Emily, there isn't a vet out there who doesn't own a gun. I own several."

"I believe I've heard this argument before," Emily said dryly. "It's called the, 'But, Mom! Everyone else is doing it!' argument, and I've never heard a grown man use it."

"He already explained to you why he first bought the gun," Mac continued, ignoring her sarcasm, "and—"

"And need I remind you what his brother did with his gun?" Emily demanded, setting a just-washed glass down with a clink.

"I know what James did," Mac said patiently, "and he's the exception. Look at all of us who own guns; we're not blowing our heads off."

"What lovely imagery," Emily muttered.

"Okay—poor choice of words," Mac allowed. "My point is that Dave had that gun for months before James killed himself, and now he's had it for a year afterward. He didn't go the same route as his brother. He wouldn't have, couldn't have. He has you and Dee to look after, and I know he'd never abandon you like that. You don't need to worry. It's over. It's been over for awhile now."

Emily moved another glass to the drainer, slowing her washing so she wouldn't finish and have to turn around and look at Mac. "Fine. So if it's over, he can get rid of it."

Mac shook his head. "No way. You need that gun now. After what happened last night, you need it more than ever." He paused. "You should consider learning to shoot it yourself."

What? Now she did turn around, absolutely flabbergasted. "Shoot it....are you out of your mind?"

"Look at what happened last night," Mac argued. "You need protection, Em. Your family needs protection. You have reason to fear at least some of these people, and we know that bullets are effective against them."

"If you can find them," Emily protested. "How am I supposed to shoot people who can look like anyone, or melt into walls, or slither along the floor like moving puddles?"

"If you can see it, you can shoot it," Mac said firmly. "If you know how. Rather than getting all upset about the gun, you should learn how to use it in case you ever need to. I'd be glad to teach you. Dave could teach you, but somehow I don't think you'd be comfortable learning from him."

Emily turned back to the sink in disgust. "I'm not shooting a gun," she said severely, "nor am I sleeping in a bedroom with a gun, nor do I even want to be in the same house with a gun. If Dee weren't here, I'd leave."

"Think about it," Mac urged. "If you had to defend yourselves, how would you? Frankly, I feel a lot better knowing there's a gun in this house, and I'd feel even better if you knew how to use it."

"Thanks for the offer, but no thanks," Emily said firmly. "And don't give me the 'gun is just a tool' argument'," she added, as Mac started talking again. "As far as I'm concerned, a gun is a killing tool, nothing more. Now why don't you run out back and see if David and Rose have found any more dirty dishes before I drain the dishwater."

Mac sighed, realizing he'd been dismissed, the chair scraping again as he stood up. "Think it over," he said. "My offer stands. Just let me know. And I'm really glad that all of you are all right."

But we're not, Emily thought, leaning on the sink for support as the kitchen door closed behind Mac. She had been so jumpy all day that her hands were literally shaking. David was quiet, pensive, and still unyielding on the subject of the gun. Dee was worried because they still hadn't heard anything from Brivari....and she wasn't the only one. Where could he be? And what about Jaddo? Was David right that the enemy aliens had struck the base as well? What if both Brivari and Jaddo were dead? That would leave her family as the only ones left who knew the location of the infant royal family. What would happen to those babies if all their protectors were gone? Would others come looking for them? Should they tell them where the babies were? How would they know whom to trust?

Footsteps sounded behind her, heavier this time. "When you said 'think it over', I was assuming I'd have longer than two minutes," she said irritably to Mac without turning around. "Nothing's changed. I don't want a gun in the house, and I'm certainly not learning how to shoot it."

"Perhaps you should rethink that position, Emily Proctor."

Emily whirled around, soapy water flying everywhere. "Brivari?"



~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


I'll post Chapter 78 next Sunday. :)
User avatar
Kathy W 2200
Fan Fic Fanatic
Posts: 602
Joined: Mon Jun 06, 2005 11:51 am

Post by Kathy W 2200 »

Hello to everyone reading!




CHAPTER SEVENTY-EIGHT



December 14, 1947, 2 p.m.

Proctor residence





Emily Proctor stared at Brivari, ignoring the dishwater dripping from her hands onto her kitchen floor. He was sitting in the same chair Mac had vacated only minutes before, watching her steadily. "Where have you been?" she demanded in the tone a parent uses toward an absent child. "We were worried sick! And what.....wait. I should rethink what position? You mean about guns? Why? Is there...." She stopped, looking wildly around the kitchen. He hadn't brought them back here, had he?

"You are safe," Brivari said, shifting stiffly in his chair, his right leg at an odd angle, "and so am I. For the immediate future, at least."

The kitchen door opened. "I think we're done out here," David called as he stepped inside. "Dee went looking for Anthony—seems no one knows where he is—and Rose just helped me put away.....what's wrong?" he finished when he saw the look on her face.

Emily pointed mutely, and David walked all the way into the kitchen. "Brivari! Are you all right?"

"I told you to stay in the attic, David Proctor," Brivari said gravely.

"Yes," David admitted. "Yes, you did."

"And I am very glad that you did not."

David smiled slightly. "I figured as much. Things were looking iffy when I showed up.

"The hunters were programmed for retrieval, not execution," Brivari noted. "You not only prevented my capture, you removed one of my deadliest enemies. Now I have only three to deal with."

Emily kept her gaze straight ahead, willing herself not to look at her husband. Don't say it, she mentally warned him. If he tried to use this stroke of extraordinary good luck as a defense for having that gun, tried to even think "I told you so", he was going to get an earful. Then she realized what Brivari had said. "Three? What do you mean, 'three'? Shouldn't there only be one?"

"I'm afraid not," Brivari replied. "There are three hunters remaining, in addition to four of my people."

Emily looked back and forth from her husband to Brivari in dismay. Seven. Seven enemy aliens out there. Not exactly an army, but when those seven could look like virtually anyone, they might as well be.

"Just a minute," David said, nodding to her as he headed for the front door. Emily automatically went to the kitchen door, turning the button lock on the handle. This was becoming routine, this locking of the doors to prevent some hapless neighbor from blundering into an alien discussion. Prior to the crash, they'd only ever locked their doors on the infrequent occasions when they'd left town. Now they did so on a distressingly regular basis.

"Everyone's gone," David reported, returning from the back porch where he'd been locking that door. "Dee's still out, but she'll just have to knock when she gets back. What happened?" he asked Brivari, pulling up a chair at the kitchen table and gesturing to Emily to take a seat. She shook her head, leaning against the wall in the kitchen doorway with her arms crossed tightly in front of her, too agitated to sit.

"As you know, two hunters were sent here last night," Brivari began, "while the other two hunters, plus four more of my people attempted to remove Jaddo from the Army base. They were unsuccessful."

"How did the base manage to fend off six of your people?" David asked.

"They were forewarned."

David's eyebrows rose. "You have an ally?"

Brivari was quiet for a moment, looking away. "The two I thought I had previously dealt with managed to survive. One of them approached a human soldier and warned him of the impending attack."

"What?" Emily exclaimed. "You mean the one who showed up here at Halloween is still alive?"

"Unfortunately," Brivari answered, a touch of irritation in his voice. "The irony is that when they ran, they faked their own deaths—and I believed them dead. I believed them dead this time too, with similar results. They are annoyingly unwilling to die."

"Maybe that's a good thing," David said, as Emily stared at him in disbelief. "The informant was the one who told Dee he was still loyal, right?" Brivari nodded, and David shook his head slowly. "Maybe you should give this guy another chance. How many times has he tried to help you now?"

"He betrayed his King," Brivari announced, in a tone which suggested that settled the matter.

"You may have to overlook that," David argued. "There are still seven of them left, with three of them these 'hunters' you said you can't see. Having an ally—"

"Aren't we getting off the subject?" Emily interrupted, panic creeping into her voice. "Where are these people now? That's what I want to know."

"A short ways north of the military base in an abandoned dwelling," Brivari answered. "Four, including two hunters, are still under the effects of the sedative used on Jaddo and myself when we were captured. That still leaves the hunter I injured last night, no doubt already healed, and two others—too many for me to handle with my own injuries. I have returned here to see if I can alter those odds."

"The healing stones," David said.

"Exactly. I'm afraid it is now a race between how quickly I can recover versus how quickly the four regain consciousness. I would have returned sooner, but I had to be certain I was not followed."

"Wait," David interjected, as Brivari began to ease himself up from the chair. "Even if you do recover soon enough...three against one? Those aren't good odds. What if I came with you?"

"David!" Emily exclaimed. "No!"

"Or maybe the Sheriff could arrest them," David continued stubbornly, ignoring her. "If they're in an abandoned house, perhaps he could arrest them for trespassing, or breaking and entering."

"If he did so, that would be the last thing he ever did," Brivari said, "and it would be the same for you. Much as I am grateful for your intervention last night, it was a miracle that you weren't killed. This is my fight. Spare yourself and your family, and leave it to me."

Brivari rose stiffly to his feet as Emily eyed his bad leg. "You shouldn't be climbing stairs with that leg," she said. "Go on in the living room; I'll be there in a minute." She watched him limp past, waiting until he was out of earshot before rounding on her husband.

"What on earth were you thinking?" she hissed. "Go after a bunch of aliens? Are you crazy? Didn't you hear him say it's a miracle you survived?"

"And didn't you hear him say he wouldn't be here right now if not for me?" David demanded. "I'm not just an idiot waving a gun around, Emily—I was trained for this. I didn't get to be a Captain by being bad at it."

"But then you were fighting an enemy you understood!" Emily exclaimed.

"Really? Ever try to understand a Japanese soldier who'd rather commit suicide than be captured?"

"All right," she sighed, "so maybe you didn't understand them, but at least they were your own species and they didn't melt into walls! David, please, drop the Captain America bit!"

"I'm not trying to be Captain America," David protested. "I know what it's like to be outnumbered, and if he wants my help, he can have it."

"Then it's just as well he didn't want it," Emily said irritably. "The last thing I want is you getting killed over something happening on some other planet a zillion miles away from—where are you going?"

"To get Dee," David answered, slipping his coat on.

"I can handle this one myself," Emily objected. "We've seen him much worse. It sounds like he won't be here long anyway."

"That's exactly why I'm going to find her. She'll never forgive us if she finds out she missed her last chance to see him."

"What do you mean?" Emily asked suspiciously.

"Just what I said. Look, at best, he'll manage to pick off some of them, after which he'll be on the run because our house isn't safe anymore, and at worst....well, you can figure that one out for yourself. Either way, we won't be seeing him again. Dee will want to say goodbye."

"But he's not that badly hurt," Emily argued, "and with all the things he can do—"

"All the things he can do won't help him take care of seven people simultaneously and single-handedly," David broke in. "I'm not one of them, but I can count, and so can you—Brivari is badly outnumbered." He opened the door, pausing for a last look at her stricken face. "He says it's a miracle I survived last night, but you didn't see him—it's every bit as much of a miracle that he survived. And the odds are very good he won't get that lucky again."



******************************************************




Eagle Rock Military Base




"Right over there," Yvonne said, pointing to the front of the briefing room. "Set it down right at the front where everyone can see—ooh! Be careful!"

One of the soldiers' hands slipped, making the heavy wooden device they were carrying drift dangerously close to their toes. "Thing weighs a ton," one of them muttered as he readjusted his grip. "What the hell is it, anyway?"

"That's what I'd like to know," Major Cavitt announced, looking at Dr. Pierce as the soldiers continued to struggle. "Is this the thing you said was going to 'revolutionize security in the compound'?"

"All in good time, Sheridan, all in good time," Pierce answered cheerfully. "General! We're just about ready, sir."

"I can't wait to hear this one," General Ramey said, standing in the doorway and staring at the device which the soldiers had finally managed to maneuver in front of the long table in the briefing room without damaging any body parts. "This is what's going to solve our problem?"

"Absolutely," Pierce said firmly, ignoring the I-told-you-so look from Cavitt. "Now if everyone will just take a seat, we'll get started. I'm turning the briefing over to Lieutenant White," he added expansively, "because this marvelous idea was hers. Lieutenant?"

What? Yvonne rose from plugging in the device, startled to suddenly be the center of attention. Everyone was staring at her—Dr. Pierce, General Ramey, Major Cavitt, Corporal Brisson, and at the closest end of the long table, Stephen, wearing an encouraging, if somewhat baffled smile. "Oh no, Doctor," she protested. "I'm sure you would be—"

"Nonsense," Pierce interrupted. "Credit should be given where credit is due...and this credit is due you. Just tell the General exactly what you told me. Corporal Brisson has the necessary x-rays with him, and Lieutenant Spade will serve as a demonstrator, he being in command of the security detail and wearing the same type of boots as his men."

"Boots?" Cavitt repeated blankly.

"Go ahead, Lieutenant," Pierce coaxed, ignoring Cavitt. "Explain about your wonderful brainstorm."

But it wasn't mine, Yvonne thought, one hand fingering the gauze over the most recent needle puncture for the blood test required to re-enter the compound. For one wild moment, she had half a mind to tell them all that it had been an alien who had pointed them in the right direction. Whatever Stephen's feelings about him, that alien had just saved John's life.

When Yvonne had realized what the alien meant by the cryptic "shoe store" reference he'd delivered to Private Thompson, she'd lost no time finding Dr. Pierce, who had promptly consulted with Ramey, who had immediately dispatched soldiers from the base to fetch the device she'd seen through the window of a Roswell shoe store two days ago when she'd been visiting with her parents. Yvonne had argued that she should go too, fearful that the armed men and the letter from General Ramey wouldn't be enough. She was right; while the Army was well-regarded by the American people in the wake of the war, Roswell was the exception. People were still suspicious of the Army's handling of the alleged "crash", and that suspicion was never more evident than in the eyes of the shoe store owner, faced with losing his biggest attraction.

"You can't just go in there and take my personal property!" the owner had said angrily to the soldier bearing Ramey's letter after they'd appeared on his front porch and roused him from his Sunday afternoon siesta. "Do you know how much business that thing brings in? Tons, that's how much!"

"You'll be compensated, sir," the soldier had assured him, "just like it says here in—"

"But that'll take weeks!" the owner had groused. "And in the meantime, I lose money! Why don't you just go buy one of your own, you—"

And that was where Yvonne had stepped in. She had taken care to wear her dress uniform with her dress coat, hat, and prominent rank insignia, and it had the desired effect—the store owner, taken aback by the sudden appearance of a woman, had fallen into a flustered silence, apparently not willing to finish that sentence with the planned expletive.

"Please, sir," she'd begged softly, "I'm a nurse at the base, and I need this for one of my patients. It would take too long to explain why, but I assure you, it's vitally important that we have this. I realize what an imposition this is, and I do apologize, but this is very important. My patient may die without it."

"Die without that?" the owner had muttered, though he'd already softened substantially. "Why would anybody die without that?"

"Like I said, it would take too long to explain," Yvonne had answered. "But you would be doing your country a great service by taking the Army's offer of compensation and allowing us to have it now. Not to mention saving a man's life," she added, conveniently leaving out the fact that the life being saved belonged to an alien. "I just don't know how I can go back and face him if....." She'd paused dramatically, letting the owner's imagination fill in the blank.

"Now, now, missy, don't get yourself all worked up," the owner had said hastily, throwing a protective arm around her. "You can have it. I'll go get my keys and meet you at the store. I haven't the faintest idea how this will help, but good luck to you and your patient."

"All right," Yvonne now began uncertainly, standing in front of the row of curious faces. "This is a shoe fitting machine. It was used—"

"Shoe fitting machine?" Cavitt echoed. "What, now we're outfitting aliens with galoshes?"

"Let her finish, Sheridan," Pierce said testily.

"Finish what?" Cavitt demanded. "She might just as well have brought in a dress dummy! I fail to understand how—"

"Of course you do," Yvonne interrupted, angry that Cavitt hadn't even let her finish one sentence before cutting her off at the knees. "You fail to understand, sir, because you didn't let me finish. You didn't even let me start. With all due respect, if you want to understand, you're going to have to actually be quiet and listen."

Cavitt stared at her, stunned. Ramey's eyebrows rose. Brisson looked terrified. Stephen managed to hide a smile; Pierce didn't bother trying.

"My apologies for springing to your defense, Lieutenant," Pierce said, chuckling. "You're obviously quite capable of defending yourself."

"Please continue, Lieutenant," General Ramey said blandly. "I'm certain Major Cavitt will curb his tongue, which means there will be no further need for you to lash him with yours."

"Of course, sir," Yvonne said, surprised to find that she didn't care that she'd just been rebuked, albeit gently, by a two-star general. "As I was saying, this is a shoe fitting machine, technically a 'shoe-fitting fluoroscope'. It's actually an x-ray, developed for the purpose of x-raying the feet of soldiers in the first world war without having to remove their boots. After the war, the device was modified and used to check the fit of shoes. Most shoe stores have one; they're very popular, especially with children. I saw several clustered around this one when I was in Roswell with my parents two days ago."

"I thought you'd ruled out x-rays," Ramey said, looking at Pierce.

"That was because we didn't have a way to use an x-ray that wasn't lengthy and inconvenient," Pierce answered. "The beauty of this is its simplicity. If you'll all gather round, we'll have Lieutenant Spade demonstrate."

Everyone rose from their seats, crowding around the shoe fitter. "Stand here," Yvonne said to Stephen, who stepped on the wooden platform as Yvonne turned it on. "There are three viewers," she explained to her confused audience, "one for the customer—that would be Lieutenant Spade—one for the salesman, and a third for someone else, like a parent. General, if you'll look into the viewer in front of you, you'll see the bones of Lieutenant Spade's feet inside his shoes."

"Well, I'll be damned," Ramey murmured, peering into his own viewer as Cavitt looked into the third.

"While I'll grant that it's fascinating to watch the Lieutenant wiggle his toes, I still don't see the point," Cavitt said. "How is this helpful?"

Yvonne nodded to Corporal Brisson, who attached an x-ray to the illuminated board brought upstairs for the occasion. "This is an x-ray of an alien's foot while he's in human form," she said, adopting Pierce's tactic of ignoring Cavitt's needling. "Look at the x-ray, then look in the viewer. Do you see the difference?"

Seconds passed. Yvonne waited nervously while Spade, Ramey, and Cavitt peered first at the x-ray, then into their respective viewers, then back again. This was the crucial test. What was obvious to medical personnel might not be obvious to others, but she was of the opinion that others could easily learn, and Dr. Pierce had agreed.

"The bones are different," Ramey said after a full minute of staring. "There are lots of small bones in Lieutenant Spade's foot, but only a few long bones in the alien's."

"No joints," Stephen added. "None at all."

"Exactly," Yvonne said, relieved. "The aliens' bone structure is different than ours. Our bones don't bend; we have multiple bones with joints to allow movement. There are 26 bones in the human foot, 28 if you count the sesamoid bones at the base of the big toe....but we've only identified six in an alien foot."

"And that's not all," Brisson chimed in, adding another x-ray to the board. "This is an x-ray of an alien's foot when the alien was in alien form. Even though it looked very different from a human foot on the outside, it looks remarkably similar on the x-ray."

"How can they have no joints?" Cavitt wondered.

"We're not sure," Pierce answered, "but it would appear that the aliens' bones are pliable enough that they don't need joints, yet strong enough to serve as a support structure. It probably has something to do with the way they're able to change their shapes."

"And what does the prisoner have to say about this?" Cavitt asked.

"He claims he isn't a 'healer', as he puts it, and therefore knows nothing about why his bones works the way they do."

"If you'd let me at him, I'm sure he'd come up with a different answer," Cavitt muttered.

"Stay on the subject, gentlemen," Ramey said firmly. "Lieutenant White, are guards going to have to sort through all these x-rays every single time they test someone?" he asked, looking from one film to another in bewilderment.

"No, sir," Yvonne said hastily. "We were just making a point—the aliens can change their outward appearance, but not their bone structure. So no matter who they look like outside, their x-rays will always look basically the same."

"All the guards will have to do is have the person being tested step onto the platform just as Lieutenant Spade has done here and check the viewer to make certain the bone structure of the feet is human," Pierce added. "They'll need some training, of course, but all of you figured it out with no prompting. I'm confident that this will work, General. It's fast, simple, and impossible to fool. Just what you were looking for."

"Lieutenant Spade, do you feel your men are up to learning how to differentiate alien from human feet on an x-ray?" Ramey asked.

"I can see it, so they should be able to," Spade said, stepping off the platform. "If someone has a real problem with it, I just won't assign them to the posts where we have these x-rays."

Ramey straightened up, his face breaking into a huge smile. "Congratulations, Lieutenant—you did it. Excellent work. I'm impressed. Now—where do we get more of these little beauties?"

"The company that manufactures them has a six week turn around time," Pierce answered.

"No good," Ramey said. "We have less than three hours. Lieutenant White, you said these were popular. That means other shoe stores would have them, correct?"

"Yes, sir....but the store we got this from is the only shoe store in Roswell."

"There are lots of other shoe stores in New Mexico," Ramey assured her. "Major Cavitt—send men from the base to collect at least three more of these from anywhere they can find them. Offer the store owners double compensation, if necessary. I want one at the entrance, one at the stairs, one at the door to the prisoner's room, and a spare in case one of these breaks by 5 o'clock this evening."

"Yes, sir," Cavitt said promptly. "And Lieutenant," he added, turning to Yvonne, "I was hasty in my earlier remarks. I apologize. Well done."

"Thank you, Major," Yvonne said faintly, the dual miracle of both an apology and praise from Cavitt lost in what she'd just heard. "General, did you say you're putting one of these by the door to the prisoner's room?"

"Of course," Ramey answered. "If the aliens do manage to infiltrate the compound, that's obviously where they'll be heading. The prisoner's room is the next most important place to put one after the front door, wouldn't you agree?"

"Yes, sir," Yvonne answered, trying to keep the shock out of her voice as Stephen threw her a sympathetic look. "Of course."

"Good. Lieutenant Spade, coordinate the training of your men with Dr. Pierce. I want at least two sets of guards trained by the time the other units arrive. We're close, people, but we still have work to do," Ramey concluded. "Dismissed."

Pierce immediately drew Yvonne and Brisson aside to discuss training procedures, but Yvonne barely heard him, so sickened was she with what she'd just done. Inadvertently done, but done just the same. Brivari had always been able to avoid the security checkpoints when entering the compound, although he'd never told her how....but John's room was one place he couldn't avoid. Hopefully she'd just saved John's life, but in the process, she'd cut off any chance Brivari had of seeing him again.



******************************************************


Proctor residence



The stone in Emily's hands abruptly stopped glowing, and she opened her eyes, surprised. She hadn't stopped the flow of energy, so Brivari must have. He was sitting with his eyes closed in one of the living room chairs, having slipped into that waking trance the aliens always went into when healing themselves. She set the stone down on a nearby table, noting that she didn't feel the least bit tired or shaky like she usually did after using the healing stones. Granted, Brivari's injuries were nowhere near as severe as those he'd suffered in the past, but that wasn't all of it. She'd struggled with such a surfeit of nervous energy all day that it had been almost a relief to bleed some of it off, and the few minutes she'd spent concentrating on the stone had taken her mind off her last, disturbing conversation with her husband. Were they really just fixing Brivari up only to send him to his death? Should she encourage David to go with him while some of the aliens were unconscious to even those awful odds? Brivari had said that three were awake now; one against three was bad, but two against three...that was almost even. Almost....but not quite.

The front doorbell rang; instantly, every nerve in Emily's body was on alert. She practically leaped off the sofa and ran to the window, her heart beating a wild tattoo on the way there. Who was that? Hadn't most of the neighbors been over already? Was the Army finally here? Peering fearfully through the curtains, she caught a glimpse of Dee's friend, Rachel, standing on the porch and looking around quizzically for several seconds before giving up and leaving. Relieved, Emily leaned against the wall, shaking all over and feeling like a fool....only to jump again when she heard a voice behind her.

"I assure you that if my people had followed me here, they would not be ringing doorbells, Emily Proctor."

"It wasn't your people I was worried about," Emily said, startled again for the second time in seconds. She hadn't expected Brivari to wake up so soon.

"So it is your people you fear?" Brivari asked, reaching the obvious conclusion. "What happened last night after I left?"

"Oh, nothing much," Emily said ironically, perching on the edge of the couch. "Valenti got an eyeful. The entire neighborhood turned out because of the gunshots, and they called the Sheriff."

"The enforcer's word should not have carried much weight," Brivari said. "There could have been no evidence. Hunters disintegrate immediately upon death."

"It did," Emily confirmed, "and I vacuumed up all the dust in short order. Which was good, because then the Army came. Valenti didn't say anything last night, but I've been sitting around all day waiting for him to blurt it out and send the Army right back here."

"Exactly who came from the Army?" Brivari asked.

"Major Cavitt, the one who locked up our neighbor for a week after you crashed. Charming man," Emily added bitterly. "I wouldn't mind accidentally backing over him with the car."

"Cavitt," Brivari said, an ominous note in his voice. "Then you do indeed have a problem."

"You just said there was no evidence," Emily pointed out, noting that she'd been mentally repeating that same argument to herself all day in the vain hope that repetition would eventually produce belief. "If there's no evidence, we should be fine....right?"

Brivari gingerly shifted his healed leg. "Cavitt doesn't need evidence. Your military knows my people can change their shapes, and they know what happens to us after death. If the enforcer tells Cavitt what he saw, Cavitt will believe him."

"Then it's a good thing we have the Sheriff on our side," Emily said, trying to feel as confident as she sounded. "George will make sure Cavitt doesn't pull anything."

Brivari shook his head. "He may not be able to. Your Chief Enforcer operates by rules, and Cavitt does not. All too often, those who break the rules prevail, at least in the short term. As I said earlier, perhaps you should rethink your position considering your mate's weapon."

" 'Husband'," Emily corrected, annoyed that David's gun was being sanctioned for the second time today. "He's not my 'mate', he's my 'husband'."

Brivari blinked. "You have not mated?"

"Of course we've.....of course we have," Emily finished, exasperated. "Obviously. 'Mate' is a term we use for animals. 'Spouse' is the term we use for people, with 'husband' for the man and 'wife' for the woman."

"Interesting. But you are changing the subject."

"There's no point in discussing that subject," Emily said irritably. "I'm not handling any guns, and that's final. I could never shoot a gun, not after what happened to my brother-in-law."

"I would wager that, before my arrival, you would have sworn you would never smash a man's hand in a door," Brivari said dryly. "But you did."

Emily flushed as she recalled closing the kitchen door on Valenti's hand last summer when he'd been so insufferable; not only closing it, but pushing it, deliberately making it worse. Not one of her finer moments.

"I have said this before, and I will say it again," Brivari said, easing off the chair, testing his leg. "You are a Warder. Warders do whatever is necessary to protect those they guard. If the time comes, I know you will not be any more content to wait in the attic than your mate was."

Emily's angry reply was cut off by the sound of a key in the kitchen door. A moment later Dee bounded into the room, followed by David.

"There you are!" she cried, running over to Brivari, practically hopping with excitement. "I knew you were all right! I told them you were all right! I'm sorry we didn't stay in the attic. Daddy went down when he heard the gunshots, and then Mama went down when we heard gunshots after that, and....well, I just didn't want to stay there by myself."

Brivari eyebrows rose as he looked at Emily, whose face was now practically on fire. No, she hadn't stayed in the attic. She'd been furious with David for leaving, and then she'd gone and done exactly the same thing.

"So did you get the other hunter?" Dee was asking.

"No," Brivari replied.

"Oh," Dee said, instantly subdued. "So now what?"

Brivari glanced at David, who shook his head. "I haven't filled her in yet."

"Filled me in on what?" Dee asked, twisting around to look at her father.

"Honey, Brivari might have to go away for awhile," David said gently.

"Because they know you're here, right?" Dee said to Brivari, who nodded. "Where will you go?"

"I'm not sure," Brivari admitted.

"I did some checking," David said. "There are woods nearby with a number of caves which might be a good place to lay low for awhile."

"Where are these woods?" Brivari asked.

"Down south," David said. "Right by the Indian Reservation."

"Indians?" Dee said. "You mean Bright Sun's and River Dog's people?"

"Yes," David answered. "Why?"

"Wait right here!" Dee ordered Brivari. "Don't go until I come back!" She pounded up the front staircase and disappeared, reappearing seconds later and pounding back down. "Here," she said breathlessly, pressing something into Brivari's hand. "This is Bright Sun's necklace. She gave it to me after you helped us when all those boys beat up on her brother. If you do meet any Indians, it may help."

"You have my thanks," Brivari said, accepting the necklace with a slight bow, "as do all of you. The King could not have asked for better allies."

"Good luck," David said.

"And to you," Brivari said seriously. "I would imagine we could all use some."

A few minutes later, all three Proctors were staring at the back door through which Brivari had left with the necklace and the healing stones. "He'll be okay," Dee said confidently, with that fierce optimism only children had. "I know he will."

"I certainly hope so," David murmured. "I should have—"

"No," Emily broke in firmly, slipping her arm through her husband's as Dee looked at her curiously. "You shouldn't have."




******************************************************



Valenti residence

Roswell, New Mexico




Deputy Valenti pulled the key out of the ignition and climbed wearily out of his car, tugging his jacket after him. He'd been in such a hurry to leave the station that he hadn't even bothered putting it on, and that had proven helpful; he'd been so cold on the way home that he'd actually managed to stay awake. Thirty-six hours with no sleep was no joke; he was looking forward to a beer, his couch, and blessed silence. Skipping up the porch stairs, he reached for the front doorknob.

"You told on her, didn't you?" an angry voice demanded behind him.

Valenti whirled around, nearly jumping out of his skin. A small figure was seated on the porch floor, its back to the front railings, invisible from the road because of all the foliage. The figure pushed itself to its feet, the mid-afternoon sunlight shining off its sandy hair.

"Mr. Evans?" Valenti said in astonishment. "What—how—what on earth on you doing here? How did you even get here?"

"I hitched a ride," Anthony said impatiently. "Lots of people come into Roswell on Sunday. Did you tell on Dee? You did, didn't you!" he said accusingly, his voice rising as he reached his own conclusions. "You told, didn't you?"

"Keep your voice down!" Valenti said severely, looking nervously toward his neighbors' houses.

"You were supposed to protect them, not send the Army after them!" Anthony exclaimed. "How could you—"

In one swift motion, Valenti grabbed the kid's arm, threw open the front door, and hauled him through it. "I said keep your voice down!" he hissed in exasperation. "Jesus, at the rate you're going, the whole neighborhood will hear you!"

"So what if they do?" Anthony challenged. "Maybe the whole neighborhood should know what you did so they won't call you if they ever need help! You don't help people, you just—"

"I didn't file the report," Valenti interrupted.

Anthony stopped in mid-sentence. "What?"

"I didn't file the report," Valenti repeated. "At least not the one you're thinking of."

"What does that mean?" Anthony asked suspiciously.

Valenti sighed and tossed his coat onto a nearby chair. "It means, Mr. Evans, that I filed a false report. I didn't put down what actually happened last night in the Proctor's house."

Anthony's eyes narrowed as though he thought this was some sort of trick. "Why not?" he asked after a moment.

Why not, indeed. Valenti had sat in front of his typewriter shortly after his conversation with Cavitt, fully intending to type out every single thing he'd seen....but he couldn't. Every time he tried, his fingers would freeze over the keys, paralyzed with indecision. Finally, he'd given up and typed what was basically a rewording of David Proctor's version of events, noting that his fingers had no trouble obeying him this time, and handed it in feeling like he should be wearing a scarlet letter—only this time, that letter would be "P" for "perjury". "Believe me, I've been asking myself that ever since I turned it in," Valenti said darkly, sinking into a chair. "I've never filed a false report. Never thought I would, either. I just committed perjury."

"What's that?"

"It means I lied," Valenti said severely. "So I'd appreciate it very much if you would pipe down. You got what you wanted. Now I just have to find a way to live with myself."

Anthony walked to the living room sofa and perched on the edge. "If you can't live with yourself, then why'd you do it?"

Valenti leaned his head against the back of the chair and closed his eyes. He hadn't wanted to get into this now. He'd earmarked tomorrow as the day he'd struggle with the ramifications of his decision, after plenty of beer and the good night's sleep only exhaustion can bring, and he certainly hadn't expected a pint-sized shrink in his own living room probing his reasoning. But what the hell—maybe if he got it over with now, he'd sleep better tonight.

"I did it, Mr. Evans, because telling the truth didn't feel right. And it should have. Telling the truth should always feel right. Mind you, lying didn't feel right either, but for some reason, telling the truth felt worse. I decided to sleep on it and see how it felt tomorrow."

Anthony stared at him without comment. "What, don't I even get a thank you?" Valenti asked.

"For what?"

"For keeping my mouth shut like you wanted me to!"

"It sounds like it might not stay that way," Anthony said slowly. "It sounds like you might just turn around and tell tomorrow, or some other day."

"Tell me something, Mr. Evans," Valenti said irritably. "If you think I'm so awful, why did you call me?"

"I'm not sure," Anthony answered uncertainly. "I wasn't really thinking about you. I was thinking about Dee and how she needed help."

"But you didn't have to call me," Valenti reminded him, desperately wishing right about now that he hadn't. "You could have just called the sheriff and reported a prowler, or something like that. What made you call me?"

The front doorbell rang. "That for you?" Valenti asked.

Anthony shook his head. "No. I didn't tell anyone where I was going."

"So how are you getting back?"

"I guess I'll just find another ride back," Anthony replied, shrugging. "Shouldn't be too hard."

"Let me get rid of whoever this is, and then I'll run you home," Valenti sighed, heaving himself out of his chair. God, he was exhausted, but he couldn't just let the kid hitch a ride home. The beer and the armchair would have to wait.

The bell rang again, more insistently this time. "I'm coming!" Valenti called, annoyed. He threw open the door...and froze to the spot.

"Good afternoon, Deputy," Major Cavitt said politely. "I wonder if I might trouble you for a moment of your time."


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

I'll post Chapter 79 next Sunday. :)


Note: The shoe-fitting fluoroscope is a real machine. They were common in shoe stores from the 30's through the 50's before concerns about radiation led to their being banned. You can use this link to see a nice picture of one:

http://www.orau.org/ptp/collection/shoe ... r/shoe.htm
User avatar
Kathy W 2200
Fan Fic Fanatic
Posts: 602
Joined: Mon Jun 06, 2005 11:51 am

Post by Kathy W 2200 »

Hello to everyone reading! *wave*




CHAPTER SEVENTY-NINE


December 14, 1947, 4:15 p.m.

Valenti residence, Roswell





"Major Cavitt?" Valenti said in astonishment. "What are you doing here?"

Cavitt pulled off his gloves and brandished a manila envelope he'd been carrying under his arm. "I'm here because of this."

"What's that?"

"Your report, Deputy," Cavitt replied. "Your bland, uneventful report, devoid of any mention of what really happened last night."

Jesus. Valenti's hand gripped the doorknob tighter. He'd turned in that report only a little over an hour ago. What the hell had Cavitt been doing—waiting at the door of the base for it to arrive? He flicked his eyes sideways just in time to see Anthony Evans' retreating figure; a moment later, the kitchen side door closed softly . Just as well, Valenti thought. He didn't need a kid mixed up in all of this, especially if Cavitt planned to get nasty again. "What about my report, Major?" he asked, neither confirming nor denying the Major's assertion that his report wasn't as complete as it could be.

"I was trying to figure out what would have kept you from being honest with me," Cavitt said, "and it occurred to me that all of this must look very different from your perspective, concerned as you must be with the safety of your constituents. Given how little you know, my actions last night must seem inappropriate, if not downright predatory. And your comment earlier today about my being stingy with answers has not fallen on deaf ears. You are correct—if we are to work together, I have an obligation to take you fully into my confidence so that you may understand the magnitude of what we are facing. I failed to do that. In short, I asked you to trust me without trusting you in return. I would like to rectify my error."

"Meaning?" Valenti asked suspiciously.

"Meaning that I am prepared to answer your questions," Cavitt replied smoothly. "I offer you my complete confidence in exchange for yours."

Answer your questions. Valenti's mind whirled at the implications. The answers to what had really crashed on that ranch. To what it was he'd chased all the way to St. Brigit's last July. To what those glowing, pulsing lumps had been in that truck. Answers to everything.

"All right," Valenti said, trying to sound nonchalant instead of excited, and deeply grateful that the Evans kid has chosen to vamoose. If he'd been upset before at the mere notion that Valenti might tell the truth, he'd be having kittens if he heard this. "Come on in."

"Oh, no," Cavitt replied, smiling. "What we have to discuss is not something one discusses in living rooms."

"Where then?"

"My car," Cavitt answered, stepping aside and gesturing toward the street, "where I can be absolutely certain we will not be overheard. I realize you've never dealt with issues of national security before, Deputy. There are certain....precautions we must follow."

"Okay," Valenti said slowly, looking back and forth from Cavitt to the car. "Give me five minutes."

"Of course."

Valenti closed the door and stood there for a moment, breathing heavily. Was this really happening? Was he really going to learn everything he wanted to know? And Cavitt was behaving nicely, a far cry from his demeanor last night. All he'd needed was a firm hand and a reminder of the law, which was, after all, the Sheriff's province, not the Major's. The checks and balances were there, and working as they should be.

Quickly, Valenti checked the kitchen door—the Evans kid was nowhere in sight, which was no big surprise. He ran a comb through his hair, grabbed a nicer looking jacket, and headed for the front door, pausing as he passed the end table in the living room.

"I learned to trust my gut a long time ago. Stop trying to talk yourself out of it, and learn to trust yours."

Valenti hesitated, staring at the little drawer in the end table. Finally, he opened it and removed the tiny pistol he kept way in the back, tucking it into his sock and carefully covering it with his pant leg. He had his weapon, of course, and there was no indication he would need it, but still.... Better safe than sorry.

"All set," he said to Cavitt as he closed the front door behind him.

As Cavitt headed down the porch stairs, soldiers climbed out of each side of the front seat of the car and opened their respective back doors. Nice, Valenti thought, as Cavitt gestured him toward the near door. "Good afternoon, sir," the soldier said smartly, holding the door open as Valenti climbed in and ran his hands admiringly over the smooth leather seats. The doors closed, the guards climbed in, and Cavitt leaned toward the driver. "You may go."

"Go?" Valenti repeated. "Go where?"

"To the base," Cavitt replied, as though that were obvious.

"You didn't say anything about going to the base," Valenti objected.

"Didn't I?" Cavitt said casually. "How careless of me."

"Major," Valenti said warningly, "you said we were going to talk in your car."

"And we shall, Deputy. On the way to the base."

Valenti's stomach gave a lurch as the car pulled away from the curb, his gut screaming in protest as the car roared off.



******************************************************


Eagle Rock Military Base



The door to the brand new observation room slid open, vanishing into the wall, and Lieutenant Spade hesitated a moment before stepping over the threshold. He hadn't spent much time thinking about John's new "room". He'd heard about it from Yvonne, and given her reaction to it, he'd been content to ignore it, figuring he'd deal with it when he had to.

Now he had to. Reluctantly, Spade stepped across the threshold to the new observation room and found himself in a tiny, almost claustrophobic room, a far cry from the large, airy room over the old operating theater which had been John's former home. One entire wall was nothing but a large window which ran the length of the room on one side. And through that window Spade could see John stretched out on his bed in a room tiled completely in white, still unconscious from the tranquilizer dart the night before. Perhaps that was a blessing; perhaps it was better that he learn of how close he'd come to death after the fact, when the threat had passed. And it nearly had; 1700 hours arrived in only thirty minutes, and Ramey had asked for a final update. He was seated in one of the chairs which faced the window, only the top of his head being visible as the only available light came from the prisoner's room, the door to the observation room itself having been closed by the guards. Spade paused for a moment, expecting a greeting and receiving none.

"General Ramey?"

Pause. "Yes?"

The voice was dull, devoid of emotion, and the General didn't turn around. Spade hesitated again before ploughing on. "It's Lieutenant Spade, sir. You wanted a security update at 1630 hours."

"Did I, now?" The voice was heavy with irony, as though wanting a security update was somehow amusing. "I gather you've prepared this update?"

"Uh....yes, sir," Spade answered.

A deep sigh. "Very well then. Report."

"I have only good news, sir," Spade began. "We've finished installing the second emergency generator and prepared a security protocol which should make it much more difficult to compromise either, never mind both. Lieutenant White and Corporal Brisson report excellent results training the first group of guards to tell the difference between a human and an alien x-ray. The shoe-fitting machine Lieutenant White brought back is installed and operational in the outside entrance hallway, which is being completed as we speak. We were able to get our hands on two more shoe-fitters, which will be set up at the upstairs doors to the basement stairs and outside the prisoner's room. We're right on schedule."

"Is that so?"

"Yes, sir," Spade replied uncertainly.

"Very good, Lieutenant. Well done. Well done to all of you. You have all risen to the occasion and performed commendably. It's really too bad that none of it matters now," Ramey added, swinging his chair around. For a moment, he was silhouetted against the light from John's room; then he reached over and snapped on a small light, illuminating the tiny observation room....and making Spade gasp. Ramey looked terrible. His jacket was open, his shirt collar unbuttoned, his eyes haunted. His left hand held a glass of something that smelled like Scotch and was almost gone.

"Sir?" Spade said in astonishment. "What's wrong?"

Ramey turned back toward the prisoner's room, that impossibly white room. "This morning, you asked me what would happen if I was ordered to terminate the prisoner regardless of success in finding a way to identify the aliens. I believe I told you not to go dreaming up more trouble than we already had. I figured I'd cross that bridge if and when I came to it."

Spade nearly stopped breathing. "They ordered you to kill him anyway, didn't they, sir?"

"Heavens, no," Ramey answered darkly. "That would've been too easy."

"What does that mean?" Spade asked, wondering what the new orders could be that would make execution look "easy".

Another deep sigh. "As I indicated earlier, Lieutenant, I made myself unavailable for calls from Washington to buy us more time. And I did buy us more time. Unfortunately, I also bought more time for the slice-n-dice lobby, headed by none other than our own beloved Major Lewis, to convince the powers that be that the alien is far too valuable a commodity to merely execute."

"So....they're not going to kill him?" Spade asked, confused.

"Outright? No," Ramey said grimly. "Major Lewis has been granted permission to perform what I can only term a 'living autopsy' on the prisoner. He's to be kept alive as long as possible while they cut him open and rummage around in there. He'll die eventually, of course, after which they'll have a limited amount of time before everything turns to dust."

Spare stared at Ramey in disbelief. "But...but that's...." He stopped, struggling for the appropriate words for such a heinous act. Inhumane? Cruel? Barbaric? Nothing seemed strong enough.

"And so the irony is," Ramey continued, "that in buying time for Mr. Doe in there, I actually bought him a long and painful death. If I'd followed orders earlier, at least his death would have been quick and painless. He wouldn't even have been aware of it." He glanced up at Spade, fingering his glass of Scotch. "I helped liberate the concentration camps at the end of the war," he said, his voice thick with rage. "I heard what Josef Mengele had done, saw some of the results. The surgery he performed without anesthesia. Immersing prisoners in freezing water to see how long it took them to die. Injecting dye into their eyes to see if he could change the color." He looked back toward the window. "I never thought I'd see the day when I'd be seeing those things on American soil."

"Sir, we got them what they wanted," Spade said, his voice shaking from the recital of atrocities. "We have a fast, reliable way to screen every single person who comes in here, a lot faster and more reliable than the question and answer method we were using before. We can keep the aliens out. So why are they doing this?"

"Like I said before, Lieutenant, there's always been a faction that argued the prisoner was too risky to hold. I've long suspected Major Lewis had something to do with that, although I didn't have definitive proof until now. They've used fear of what might happen if the prisoner escapes to get what they want, which is to get their hands on the biggest toy they've ever seen. I say we have just as much to fear from summarily executing him—if we piss his people off, we don't stand a chance against them in a real battle. But no one's listening to me."

"He's not a 'toy', sir!" Spade protested. "He's a living, breathing, thinking being!"

"I know that, son," Ramey said heavily. "And you know that, and Lieutenant White knows that. But the top dogs in Washington, they don't know that. They sit at their desks, reading reports and gabbing with each other, never knowing what they're really dealing with. I told you earlier that I've tried to get several people to talk to the prisoner, without success. None of these movers and shakers have even been out here to look at him, never mind talk to him. Oh, I've tried to get them out here. Believe me, I've tried. They don't want to come out here. They're afraid that if they so much as lay eyes on Mr. Doe, they'll go soft, start to see him as a person. And they don't want to see him as a person. The easiest way to make certain that doesn't happen is to stay away."

"We can't let this happen, sir," Spade insisted. "You're a two-star general! You must have some favors you can call in!"

Ramey shook his head. "I've already called in all the favors I had and incurred some debt just trying to keep the prisoner alive and well-treated so far. I'm fresh out of favors."

"Well....what about the President?" Spade asked, grasping at straws. "He doesn't even know we have an alien, which means your orders are illegal orders. Why not threaten to rat these people out?"

"Exactly how long do you think I'd live if I did that?"

Spade opened his mouth and then closed it, suddenly realizing that wouldn't work. Ramey had openly defied his superiors, which meant they'd be watching his every move. Any attempt he made to contact the President would fail.

"You see my problem," Ramey said, watching the light dawn in Spade's eyes. "I can't get near the President. Were I foolish enough to try, I guarantee you I'd find myself transferred to the middle of nowhere, accused of some trumped up charges....or worse. And even if I could reach the President, I'm not certain it would do much good. One of the reasons I agreed to go along with keeping this operation under wraps was because I know the civilians President Truman would turn to for advice in this matter. Believe me, Mr. Doe wouldn't have lasted an hour in their tender care." He shook his head sadly. "No, I'm afraid there's nothing for it. Major Lewis has already been given his orders, and is no doubt on the way here with bells on. That jackass," Ramey added bitterly, staring through the window. "All this time he was building this room, and I looked at the plans and the requisition sheets and never realized what it would look like. It looks like a tomb, a blinding white tomb. What kind of a man builds a room like that?"

"There must be something we can do, sir!" Spade said desperately.

"I'm afraid all I can give Mr. Doe now is a mercifully brief death," Ramey said sadly. "I'll have Dr. Pierce end his life now, painlessly, like we'd originally planned. He'll do it, if for no other reason than to spite Lewis. And even that will cost me the rest of my career....what's left of it, anyway."

"That can't be right," Spade objected, as Ramey rose from his chair. "It can't end like this! We can't let it, not after everything everyone here has gone through!"

"I feel for you, Lieutenant," Ramey said soberly. "Believe me, I do. But as I've explained, I've already exhausted all military options."

"Then what about non-military options?" Spade demanded.

Ramey's eyebrows rose. "Such as?"

"Such as....such as...." Such as what? Spade fell into a frustrated silence, realizing he didn't even know. Who outside the Army could fend off something like this? The police? They didn't have jurisdiction on a military base. Too bad he couldn't rustle up an indignant crowd like the one who got Mac Brazel sprung from his house arrest....

"The media," Spade said suddenly.

"The media?" Ramey repeated blankly.

"Yes, the media!" Spade exclaimed. "When Major Cavitt let that civilian who first found pieces of the alien's ship go home, he put him under house arrest. Someone rounded up the neighbors and called the radio station and the newspaper, and they raised such a ruckus—"

"House arrest?" Ramey echoed. "How come I didn't hear anything about this?"

"Later—sir," Spade said impatiently. "My point is, you could threaten to go to the media. At least half the country doesn't believe the weather balloon story. The papers and the radio stations would be eating out of your hand if you blew this wide open, and whoever you're reporting to must know that."

"You're assuming I'd have a hand to eat out of," Ramey countered. "The minute I make a threat like that, my life, for all practical purposes, is forfeit. I'd never make it to the media to tell them a thing."

"You would if we did it right, sir."

" 'We'?"

"You'll need help," Spade pointed out. "I'm volunteering."

Ramey smiled sadly and shook his head. "Son, that's a generous offer. An impossibly generous offer. I'm not certain you realize just how generous. If I were to try this ploy and fail—and the odds are good that I would—you'd go down with me. That would be career suicide."

"Sir, Major Cavitt locked me up last summer because I refused to lie about what happened with the alien who surrendered," Spade said. "Two of my friends died under mysterious circumstances with fake silver handprints on their bodies that were really silver paint, and I told you about that despite the fact that I had no evidence. I stopped caring about my 'career' some hundred miles back." He stepped closer to Ramey. "Remember that bridge you mentioned a minute ago? We're at that bridge now, sir. Cross it."

Ramey stared at Spade a moment longer before sinking back into his seat, staring through the window again. The silence lengthened, and Spade forced himself to stand motionless, waiting. He had no way of contacting either his informant or Brivari, no way of getting an unconscious alien out of here to safety. The compound was more impregnable now than it had ever been. Without Ramey, John died.

"Did you know I'm near retirement, Lieutenant?"

What? "No, sir," Spade said carefully.

"I was due to stand down soon," Ramey continued, still staring through the window. "Forty years in the service. The Army has been my life."

"Yes, sir," Spade said dully, bracing himself for what he was certain would be a testimonial as to how Ramey just couldn't end his career this way, couldn't threaten an institution that had been his life.

"It's been my life," Ramey repeated softly. And then his face hardened, and his voice along with it. "And I'll be damned if I'll have cold-blooded murder be my swan song. Or my epitaph for that matter." He leaned forward in his chair. "Now.....what exactly did you have in mind?"



******************************************************




Roswell, New Mexico




Deputy Valenti watched the outskirts of town slip by as Cavitt's car whisked smoothly along the road. Across from him, the Major pulled off his black leather gloves and set them neatly on his lap. "Now then," Cavitt said pleasantly. "Shall we begin?"

"Please," Valenti said uncomfortably, still unhappy about where they were heading. All he could think about was McMahon telling him how Cavitt had locked up Mac Brazel, and the difficulty Sheriff Wilcox had getting him out.

"Very well, then," Cavitt said, staring out the side window. "Last July, an alien ship crashed on Pohlman ranch. You were there—you know this. I won't insult your intelligence by trying to tell you it was a weather balloon, a Russian ship, or anything else."

Whoa. Valenti sat stock still, amazed to have both his wits and his senses vindicated in three sentences. That alone made this little side trip to the base worth it.

"We captured two prisoners," Cavitt continued. "One we still have; the other escaped only a few days after its capture. Judging from police reports, it was heading toward Corona the night it escaped. We've heard nothing from it since....until last night."

I have, Valenti thought, remembering what he'd chased to the church last summer, the shattered windows in the gym when the Indian children were attacked, and the apparition on the Proctor's porch on Halloween night that David Proctor had managed to convince everyone was merely a prank. Those incidents must have gotten lost in the general pile of alien calls because Cavitt clearly had feelers out, and Valenti felt a twinge of pride that he knew things that the apparent head of alien headquarters did not.

"I've long suspected this prisoner was still alive," Cavitt went on. "I believe it was responsible for the so-called 'burglary' last night next door to William Brazel's residence. I do not intend to let it escape this time."

Valenti remained silent. The guards in the front seat stared straight ahead, ignoring both of them. They had left the town behind and were now in open desert, about a quarter of the way to the base.

"What I need from you, Deputy, is an accurate recounting of what you saw last night. You will make a deposition to my commanding officer, who will then, I'm sure, grant me the latitude to take whatever measures are necessary to find this thing. I would have preferred handing the General your report, but as it is, this is useless," he added, slapping his hand on the manila envelope on the seat between them.

" 'Measures'?" Valenti repeated. "What kind of 'measures'?"

Cavitt's head swung around. "Anything. Everything. I want that thing, and I will have it. Understand me," he continued, his voice hardening. "I wasn't happy about losing it the first time. I will be twice as unhappy if I lose it a second time. I'm not a pleasant man when I'm unhappy. Are you following me, Deputy?"

"Not entirely," Valenti admitted. "If you really think your escaped prisoner is responsible for the robbery last night, it would appear you've already lost it again. How are you planning to find it?"

"By finding the ones who've been hiding it all these months," Cavitt answered. "I've always known it survived, even after everyone else gave it up for dead, and I've known someone is helping it. They will lead me to the prisoner."

"But...what if they don't know where it is?" Valenti asked. "If you're right, it probably fled after last night. Even if someone was helping it, they might have no idea where it is now."

"Then if you're a religious man, I would suggest you say a prayer for those unfortunate individuals," Cavitt said softly, his voice shaded with menace. "Because I will see to it that whoever that is either tells me what I want to know, or is put away in a very dark place for a very long time."

The temperature in the car seemed to drop several degrees. Valenti felt a bead of cold sweat trickle down his back. "Major, I understand your wanting to find your prisoner. And I understand your wanting to question anyone who's had contact with that prisoner. But you can't just grab people and hold them without evidence, without procedure, without—"

"Of course I can," Cavitt interrupted, "if needed to perform my job. Haven't we been over this, Deputy?"

"Your job is the protection of the state," Valenti insisted, his temper rising, "the same state that affords certain protections to its citizens that you have a duty to uphold every bit as much as I do. I—"

"Don't presume to lecture me about my duty!" Cavitt snapped, as Valenti shrank back into the corner of the car. "My duty is clear—what about yours, Deputy. Is your duty clear?"

Absolutely, Valenti thought, as the doubts he'd had that day evaporated and reality snapped into terrifying focus. "The duty of the military is to protect the state. The duty of the police is to protect the people—from the state, if necessary." This morning, Valenti had found that announcement of Wilcox's preposterous when the state in question was the United States of America; it was amazing how much perspective could change in just a few short hours. "Oh, yes," Valenti said grimly. "I can confidently say that for the first time today, my duty is clear."

"Excellent," Cavitt said expansively, his good humor returning. "As soon as we arrive at the base, you will make your statement to Major General Roger Ramey, who will then allow me to take William Brazel into custody. You might wish to come along to facilitate that process. I'd prefer this be done quietly. We wouldn't want the neighbors upset again, now would we?"

Valenti stared at Cavitt in disbelief. Cavitt still thought it was Brazel even though he hadn't a shred of evidence against him, even though Brazel hadn't even been home last night and the so-called 'robbery' hadn't occurred in his house. "He thinks the law doesn't apply to him," David Proctor had said. Perhaps it was time to drive home the point that it did.

"No."

Cavitt turned to him in surprise. "Excuse me?"

"I said 'no'. I'm not making a deposition to this General Ramey, or anyone else, for that matter. My report is accurate, and I stand behind it."

"Oh, for heaven's sake!" Cavitt said impatiently. "You'll be well compensated for your efforts, of course."

"This isn't about 'compensation'," Valenti said hotly. "I'm not for sale."

"Everyone is for sale," Cavitt said dismissively, "for the right price."

"The Sheriff wasn't for sale last night when you tried to bribe him," Valenti reminded him, "and neither am I. My report stands, and this conversation is over. Stop the car," he ordered the driver.

The driver ignored him, his eyes fastened on the road ahead. "I said stop the car!" Valenti demanded. "I'm getting out!"

"No, Deputy," Cavitt replied calmly. "You're not."

The bead of cold sweat trickling down Valenti's back turned into a river. He's going to lock me up too, he thought frantically, as he looked out the window and realized they were quite near the base. His hand moved to the door handle—dropping out of a car at this speed would be dangerous, but far preferable to the alternative. But the handle wouldn't budge, nor would the door lock button; it remained stubbornly depressed, despite his attempts to raise it. He was stuck.

"Perhaps I didn't make myself clear," Cavitt said. "You don't have a choice in the matter. You will tell General Ramey what really happened last night, or I will see to it that you are put away in a very dark place for a very long time."

"Like you tried to do with Brazel?" Valenti demanded, fighting rising panic. "It didn't work then, and it won't work now!"

"No, it didn't," Cavitt agreed, shaking his head regretfully. "I rarely make strategic errors, but in that case I made a grievous one—everyone knew where Brazel was. But no one knows where you are, Deputy. No one saw you leave your house. You will have simply vanished, and no one will know where."

Good God, Valenti thought desperately, realizing that Cavitt was right. Oh, Wilcox would figure it out in no time at all, but without evidence, he wouldn't get anywhere. The Army base may be in Chaves County, but the Chaves County Sheriff had no jurisdiction on the base; once this car crossed onto base property, he'd be on his own.

Instinctively Valenti edged his hand behind him, reaching for his gun. A second later he was staring down the barrel of a pistol held by the soldier in the front seat, who apparently hadn't been ignoring the conversation in the back as much as it had appeared.

"Really, Deputy," Cavitt tut-tutted. "Such drama. What were you doing to do? You're rather outnumbered. No neighborhood rabble to back you up this time." He held out his hand. "Your weapon, please."

Valenti didn't move, his eyes swinging back and forth from the expressionless soldier to Cavitt. "Your weapon," Cavitt repeated firmly, "or I'll order him to fire."

Slowly, Valenti withdrew his weapon from its holster and handed it to Cavitt, who promptly passed it to the soldier in the front seat. "You disappoint me," Cavitt remarked. "I thought we had an understanding. I thought you took your job seriously. You should want this thing off the streets of your county even more than I do, and I'm willing to take care of that for you. All I needed was your honesty. When did that come to be too much to ask from a law enforcement officer?"

"About the same time it became too much to ask for an Army officer to obey the law," Valenti retorted, his hand drifting toward his feet as he watched the soldier in the front seat lower his weapon. "The end doesn't justify the means, Major. You can't—"

"Oh, spare me," Cavitt interrupted sharply. "This isn't some cops and robbers radio show, where everyone is honorable and never gets their hands dirty. These are the big leagues, where you have to have the balls to do whatever's necessary to get the job done. If you want to play in the big leagues, Deputy, you'll have to grow up."

"Funny you should mention that," Valenti said grimly, whipping out the second, smaller pistol his gut had insisted he take with him. "Unfortunately for you, I think I just did."


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

I'll post Chapter 80 next Sunday. :)
User avatar
Kathy W 2200
Fan Fic Fanatic
Posts: 602
Joined: Mon Jun 06, 2005 11:51 am

Post by Kathy W 2200 »

Hello and thank you to everyone reading!





CHAPTER EIGHTY


December 14, 1947, 4:40 p.m.

Roswell, New Mexico





The soldier driving the car swerved violently as he whipped his head around, unable to believe what he'd seen in his rear view mirror. The passenger-side soldier scrambled for his own weapon, but couldn't react fast enough; by the time he had Valenti in his sights, Valenti's small, but still perfectly lethal pistol was aimed straight at what was likely considered the most valuable asset in the car: Major Cavitt's head.

"How's this?" Valenti demanded. "Is this enough for the 'big leagues', Major? Does this qualify as 'growing up'?"

"That depends," Cavitt answered, holding stock still, a wise decision given that he had a weapon only inches from his face.

"On what?"

"On whether you'd actually pull the trigger."

"I'm not your pet, Cavitt," Valenti said angrily, "and you're not locking me up just because I don't bark and roll over on command."

"It appears you will be locked up regardless of the outcome of this drama," Cavitt observed. "Lower your weapon, and things proceed as they began. Shoot me, and you'll be locked up for an entirely different reason. Assuming you survive your own wounds," he added, glancing toward the soldier in the front seat aiming at Valenti.

"Not after I tell the judge about your tendency to threaten and bribe everyone you meet," Valenti said.

Cavitt shook his head sadly. "I haven't the faintest idea what you're talking about. And neither will anyone else because, you see, you have no witnesses. I, on the other hand, have two witnesses who will gladly attest to the fact that you willingly entered this vehicle and then attacked me without provocation. Whom do you think a court will believe?"

Him, Valenti thought, his heart sinking as he realized he didn't have a shred of evidence for any of this. Cavitt's threats to him last night? His word against Cavitt's. Cavitt's threats today? Same thing, with Cavitt's men backing up their commander. Cavitt's threats to Wilcox? Wilcox would back him up, but that would be seen as the boys in blue sticking together.

"I wouldn't be wasting time speculating about that, if I were you," Valenti said severely, holding his pistol steady. "All you need to worry about right now is that this gun is aimed squarely between your eyeballs. And since I'm screwed either way, as you've so handily pointed out, I'll take my chances with the criminal justice system. So if you'd like to live to commit bribery another day, then tell the driver to stop the car."

"Sir," the driver said nervously, "should I pull over?"

"Absolutely not!" Cavitt ordered.

"Stop the car, Major," Valenti warned, as the car crested a hill and the base came into view. Not much time left now.

"No," Cavitt replied with satisfaction, following Valenti's glance out the window. "We're almost there, Deputy. You'll have to shoot me—but you don't have the nerve."

"Stop the car!" Valenti shouted, cocking his gun.

"Drop it!" the soldier in the front seat shouted back.

"You drop it!" Valenti retorted, "unless you want to go down in history as the one who let Cavitt die!"

"Sir!" the driver exclaimed. "Shouldn't I pull over?"

"No!" Cavitt thundered, as the driver flinched. "Time to stop talking and start doing," he added softly to Valenti. "You'll have to shoot me."

Shit. The soldier in the front seat remained tensed and ready. The driver continued to dither, looking back and forth from the road to the back seat. The base was clearly visible now. They'd be there in a couple of minutes.

And then the car abruptly slowed. "I told you to keep going!" Cavitt shouted at the hapless driver.

"I can't, sir!" the driver protested. "The road is blocked!"

"Then go around!" Cavitt ordered angrily.

"I can't, sir!" the driver repeated, slowing the car further still. "Look!"

Valenti's mouth dropped open as he saw three sheriff's cruisers through the windshield, blocking the road ahead. Standing in front of the cruisers were Alan McMahon, Tom Woods, and Sheriff Wilcox himself, all staring directly at Cavitt's car, which came to a halt only feet away from them.

Slowly, Wilcox walked toward the car and knocked on the window. Valenti saw the driver swallow hard before rolling down his window.

"Well, well, well," Wilcox said, peering inside at what must be a very interesting spectacle indeed. "And just when I thought I'd seen everything."




******************************************************



Eagle Rock Military Base




"Correct, Private," Yvonne said approvingly, removing the x-ray from the viewer. "You're the only one so far to ace them all."

Private LaBella beamed as his buddies hooted and clapped him on the back. "Every single one right!" Lomonaco crowed. "Maybe you shoulda been a doctor, LaBella!"

"I knew we got basic medical training, but I never thought I'd be reading x-rays," LaBella admitted.

Yvonne smiled as she turned off the shoe fitter. This was the second group of soldiers to go through the process of learning to discern a human foot from an alien foot on an x-ray; Corporal Brisson was next door with the third. The first group was already posted around the compound, and the shoe fitter Yvonne had brought back from Roswell was up and running in the new entry hallway outside the main doors. They were using the two new shoe fitters for training, after which they'd be set up at the doors to the basement and outside John's room. Yvonne wasn't looking forward to that moment. She'd been running almost non-stop for the past two hours, which was advantageous; it left her no time to bemoan the fact that she'd just effectively barred Brivari from John's room, or to ponder the question of whether the alien informant who'd pointed them in the direction of the shoe fitters had intended to cause just exactly that.

"Hell, maybe we should all go to medical school now," Lomonaco said, as the others laughed. "Maybe we missed our calling!"

" 'cept Treyborn," LaBella chuckled. "He'd flunk out, wouldn't you, Treyborn?"

A horrified silence fell over the group, and the color drained from LaBella's face as he realized he'd just addressed a dead man. "Jesus," he said, his voice husky, "I....I'm sorry. I....I didn't...."

"It's okay, man," Lomonaco said, suddenly sober. "You just forgot."

"You only just lost him," Yvonne said gently, being very familiar with this problem. "It'll take you awhile to get used to the fact that he's gone."

"I hope an alien comes tonight, and sticks its fake foot under that thing," LaBella said darkly, staring at the shoe fitter. "I'd like to break its neck."

"How would you know the one you killed is the one who killed Treyborn?" Yvonne asked.

LaBella's eyes burned as he looked at her. "Ask me if I care."

Yvonne didn't answer as she tidied the stack of x-rays into a single pile and reflected that Treyborn's death certainly hadn't done wonders for alien-human relations. Not that those relations had been stellar to begin with, but at least some of the men had started to sound more neutral as opposed to hostile regarding John. Now John would likely bear the brunt of everyone's anger about Treyborn, even though he wasn't responsible for what happened. "You'll all be on duty in a few hours," she said briskly, changing the subject. "Given how long the sedative lasts, the aliens will be able to attack again tonight, probably in the middle of the night or toward dawn. That means all of you will likely be manning the gates if anything happens. Does anyone have any questions? Any at all?"

"Nope," Lomonaco said firmly.

"Bring'em on," LaBella added, stone-faced, as the others nodded.

"Okay, then. Dismissed....and good luck."

The men filed out silently, their jokes forgotten. Yvonne sighed, looking at her watch as she leaned on the shoe fitter. The next group wasn't due for twenty minutes and she wanted something to do, something to take her mind off the awful price on John's life. The only thing that had kept him sane so far was seeing Brivari—what would happen to him now?

"How'd it go?"

Corporal Brisson stood in the doorway holding his own stack of x-rays. "Fine....until a minute ago," Yvonne answered wearily. "Someone just asked Private Treyborn a question, and....well, you can imagine the response," she added, as Brisson shook his head sympathetically. "But the session went fine. This should work with no problem."

"It was a brilliant idea," Brisson said sincerely. "You single-handedly saved the prisoner."

No I didn't. "I just thought of the shoe fitters," Yvonne said modestly. "It was Dr. Pierce who put everything in motion to get them here and train everyone. No surprise, I suppose, since he's out of business if John dies."

Brisson looked away. "I suppose."

Yvonne eyed him curiously. "What is it?"

"Well...it's just that...." Brisson set down his x-rays and paused before continuing in exasperation. "Look, earlier today when you and I were racking our brains trying to figure out an easy way to identify aliens, I thought Pierce was upstairs trying to do the same thing. But he wasn't. He was calling in favors trying to save his ass."

"Save his ass from what?" Yvonne asked.

"Not 'save his ass', exactly," Brisson corrected. "More like 'shelter his assets'."

"You mean like making certain he'd get the credit for his research?"

"Sort of," Brisson answered.

"That doesn't surprise me," Yvonne admitted. "I've always known Pierce has his own agenda. He's strange really...he can be so thoughtful, so insightful, and yet so cruel too. But whatever he is, all I need to do is look at someone like Major Lewis to know I'd take Pierce any day. At least he has a vested interest in John being alive and well. Without John, Pierce has nothing to study."

Brisson stared at her in consternation for so long that Yvonne began to wonder if something was seriously wrong. "Why are you looking at me like that, Corporal? Is something wrong?"

"Lieutenant," Brisson began, stepping closer to her, his eyes shifting toward the doorway as though afraid of being overheard, "there's.....there's something you should know about Dr. Pierce."

"Like what?" Yvonne asked.

Brisson hesitated a moment before continuing. "Dr. Pierce may not have your best interests at heart."

"Oh," Yvonne smiled. "Is that all. Sorry to burst your bubble, Corporal, but I'm not that naïve. I realized a long time ago that Dr. Pierce doesn't have anyone's best interests at heart but his own."

"That's not what I meant," Brisson objected.

"Then what did you mean?" Yvonne asked.

"I...I meant...."

<What are these devices?>

The "voice" crashed into Yvonne's mind suddenly, catching her completely by surprise. She glanced around the room, terrified that Brivari was standing somewhere out in the open, but she saw nothing. Beside her, Brisson continued to dither, apparently unable—or unwilling—to say exactly what he meant. <Where are you?> she asked frantically. <You shouldn't be here!>

<Where I am is irrelevant,> Brivari's voice answered. <What are these devices, and what is their function? There is one at the entrance.>

"I just meant that you should be careful around Dr. Pierce," Brisson was saying.

"What? Why?" Yvonne asked, distracted by trying to carry on two conversations at once.

"Well, I.....I....." Brisson stammered, falling into a frustrated silence once more.

<They're x-ray machines,> Yvonne answered Brivari, taking advantage of Brisson's hesitation. <Your bone structure is different from ours. We'll be able to identify your people even in human form.>

<Excellent,> Brivari announced. <I heard it was your idea?>

<It was the informant's idea,> Yvonne said. <The one who told us about the attack last night.>

<Malik?> Brivari asked sharply.

<His name doesn't matter,> Yvonne said, grateful in some small way that she didn't have to actually face him as she told him the bad news. <What does matter is that in an hour or so, one of these machines will be placed outside John's door. Everyone going into his room will be screened. I—I'm afraid you won't be able to get in there anymore.>

No answer. Brisson was talking, but Yvonne wasn't listening, so consumed was she with guilt. <I'm so sorry!> she added miserably. <They were going to kill him if we didn't come up with a quick way to identify your people. I thought they were just going to put one at the front door, but....that's not what happened.>

Silence. Brisson had paused for breath. Brivari took a moment longer.

<Will you be engaged in this room for much longer?>

<Yes,> Yvonne answered, <at least another hour. You wouldn't be able to trade places with me until then, and it's not safe for you to be here now anyway.>

<I do not intend to trade.>

It took Yvonne a moment to figure out what he meant. Oh my God, she thought with horror. He's just going to walk in there while I'm in here? <No!> she 'called' frantically. <It's too dangerous! As soon as I'm done here-->

<As soon as you are done here, these devices will likely be moved to their new locations.>

<Then we'll stall them,> Yvonne said desperately. <Or maybe Stephen can stall them, or—>

<Spade has left with your General,> Brivari answered. <Both looked distinctly unhappy.>

Left with the General? Now, what was that all about? <Then I'll think of something else,> Yvonne insisted. <But it's much too dangerous to be walking around here now!>

No answer. <Are you there? Brivari? Brivari!>

"Lieutenant?"

With a start, Yvonne realized that Brisson had stopped talking and was watching her closely. "Lieutenant," he repeated, "are you all right?"

"Of course," Yvonne answered, hoping her voice wasn't as shaky as she felt. "I'm just...tired, that's all. And hungry, and distracted, and worried, and a hundred other things," she added truthfully. "I'm sorry—what were you saying?"

"I was saying that if you should start feeling unwell, you should report it right away."

"Unwell? Why would I be feeling unwell?"

"Uh...just everything that's been going on," Brisson said evasively. "Stress can make you sick, you know. We should all be on the lookout for any repercussions...in anyone, of course....not just you."

"I'm sorry, Corporal, but what does this have to do with being careful around Dr. Pierce, and him not having my best interests at heart?" Yvonne asked irritably, listening hard for any sign of Brivari.

Brisson stared at her a moment before dropping his eyes. "Nothing, Lieutenant. Nothing at all. I was just......nothing." He picked up his stack of x-rays. "Would you like to get something to eat before the next group comes?"

"No!" Yvonne said hastily. The last thing she wanted to be doing was walking around the compound while Brivari was out there looking like her. "I mean....I'm not hungry," she added.

"You just said you were."

"I—I'm just too tired to go to the mess hall right now," she corrected.

"Oh. Okay. Then I'll go, and bring something back for you."

"No!" Yvonne repeated, as Brisson stared at her again. She realized she sounded ridiculous, but she couldn't have Brisson wandering around either. "We only have a short time before the next group," she continued, trying to sound calm. "Could we go over a few things before they get here, and then get something to eat after they're done?"

"That's another hour or so," Brisson said doubtfully.

"Please," Yvonne said, attempting a pleading smile. "I'd appreciate it so much."

Brisson hesitated a moment before setting down his pile of x-rays. "All right. What did you want to go over?"

I have no idea, but I'll think of something, Yvonne thought, settling into a chair. Hopefully, she'd just bought Brivari some time. So distracted was she by this whole situation that she didn't think to seriously question what Brisson had been trying to tell her only minutes before.



******************************************************



"It's still asleep, but would you like someone to go in with you, Lieutenant?" the guard asked.

"No, thank you," Brivari replied, wearing the Healer's form as he stood outside Jaddo's new cell.

"There's someone in the observation room next door," the guard said as he and his fellow guard slid the door open, "so if you need any help, we'll know."

"Why would I need help if he's asleep?"

"Supposedly, it could wake up any time now," the guard answered. "There's no telling how pissed it'll be when it realizes it wasn't rescued. Or who it'll decide to take that out on," he added, glancing inside the cell."

Rescued, Brivari thought as he stepped inside, the door sliding closed behind him. Yes, that must be how the events of last night appeared to the uninitiated. Little did the humans know how wrong they were.

Jaddo lay on the bed in the middle of the room, his eyes closed. The gray blanket which covered him was positively bright compared to the glaring white tile which covered the walls, ceiling, and floor. The Healer had spent a fair amount of time detailing how much she hated this room, with its lack of color, exposed waste facilities, and improved surveillance. Ironically, Brivari knew Jaddo would not share her opinion. To him it would be just another cell in what was no more or less a prison. Only now that cell had become sanctuary. It was odd, really, how perceptions changed. Jaddo was now safer as a captive than Brivari was free.

After leaving the Proctors' house, Brivari had proceeded at once to the abandoned dwelling where Orlon and the others had hidden to wait out the effects of the human sedative. He had approached slowly, cautiously, every nerve alert; there should be only one hunter conscious, but one was enough if you were the careless type. But there was no movement of any kind around the dwelling, and an hour later when Brivari finally entered, he discovered why—they had moved.

Damn! Brivari had muttered to himself, borrowing a human expletive as he prowled the rooms of the obviously empty house. He was positive that he had not been seen following Orlon last night when he had returned to this place, and given the difficulty of dragging around all those unconscious bodies, Brivari had gambled on them staying put—and lost. A sweep of the immediate area produced nothing. They had not left the one conscious hunter behind lying in wait for him, a testimony to the fact that they knew Brivari was a match for a single hunter. He now had two choices: Expend his energy on a possibly fruitless search when his enemies could be virtually anywhere, or lie in wait in the one place to which he knew they would eventually return—the human military compound. They did not know where Brivari would be, but they knew where Jaddo was, and he was powerless. This is where they would strike tonight, when all of them had awakened. This was the easier target.

Or so they thought. The addition of the x-ray machines, a crude but accurate technology, was yet another welcome intervention by Malik. Given what Brivari had seen so far, it was unlikely that any of Orlon's band would make it into the compound, never mind into the basement. Of course, he was now cut off from Jaddo too as the Healer had said, but unbeknownst to her, he was anyway. Deprived of the element of surprise and the lesser numbers he had been hoping to exploit, his only hope now lay in picking them off one by one. That would take time....and during that time, he would have to be exceptionally careful about how he approached the compound. With hunters around, he could no longer take the risk of actually entering the compound, x-rays or no x-rays.

<Jaddo?> Brivari called, moving to the side of the bed and pretending to check him as The Healer would. <Jaddo? Wake up.>

No answer. <Jaddo, can you hear me?>

Still no answer. Brivari allowed himself a moment of relief tinged with guilt. Part of him had been hoping Jaddo would be at least slightly conscious....and part of him had been hoping he wouldn't. Now he wouldn't have to look Jaddo in the eye and tell him that he wouldn't be back for possibly a long, long time. That Jaddo was now on his own, with only their human allies for support. That he was now what he had always feared most—alone.

<I will not be able to contact you directly for awhile, but I will find another way,> Brivari said softly, just in case Jaddo could hear. <Do not lose hope. Your Ward still lives, and he still needs you.>

As do the rest of the hybrids, Brivari thought as he knocked on the door, unwilling to risk a longer stay because the Healer was still about. David Proctor had been right—the odds were unquestionably against him. If he failed tonight, if he were captured or killed, that would leave only Jaddo as the last hope for the resurrection of the Royal Four.



******************************************************



Roswell, New Mexico



"Major Cavitt," Sheriff Wilcox said pleasantly, leaning on the open windowsill of the driver's door. "We meet again. And for the second time in less than twenty-four hours. What a treat." His eyes moved to the terrified driver, to the guard in the passenger seat aiming his weapon at Valenti, and finally, to Valenti himself, still aiming his own small pistol at Cavitt. "Looks like you boys have a bit of a problem."

Cavitt lowered his own window. "Thank God you're here, Sheriff," he answered, effecting a breathless tone. "I'm afraid your Deputy has become somewhat....unhinged."

Wilcox's gaze shifted to Valenti. "That so?"

"Indeed," Cavitt continued. "He entered my vehicle willingly and then proceeded to attack me, as you can plainly see."

"That's a lie!" Valenti exclaimed. "He told me he'd answer my questions, and then he announced he was going to lock me up and throw away the key if I didn't change my testimony on what happened last night at the Proctors'!"

"Nonsense," Cavitt scoffed. "All I wanted from you was the truth! Honestly, Deputy, do you really think you're going to get away with this? I have two witnesses right here who will testify on my behalf."

"You mean lie on your behalf," Valenti said grimly. "I suppose you threatened them too?"

"I did nothing of the sort!" Cavitt retorted.

"Gentlemen," Wilcox broke in blandly, "—and I use the term loosely, mind you—this is all fascinating, but first things first. Lower your weapons."

No one moved. He'll shoot, Valenti thought, eyeing the guard in the front seat, whose gun hadn't budged. Right now, the only thing keeping Valenti alive was the fact that he had his pistol pointed straight at Cavitt's head.

"I said, lower your weapons," Wilcox repeated firmly.

"I need an order from my commanding officer," the guard in the front seat said stoutly.

"Look around you, son," Wilcox replied. "This isn't the base. This is Chaves County...and I'm the Sheriff of Chaves County. Out here, I am your commanding officer. Both of you, lower your weapons or I'll order my deputies to shoot."

All eyes flicked out the windows. McMahon's and Wood's hands rested on their weapons, waiting for the Sheriff's order.

Slowly, Valenti and the guard lowered their weapons. "That's better," Wilcox said approvingly. "Always tough to have a decent conversation with a gun in your face."

"Thank you for diffusing the situation, Sheriff," Cavitt said smoothly as Valenti sagged into the corner of the back seat, so delighted to not be only inches from death that he didn't care what Cavitt was going to try next. "Now, if you'll accompany us to the base, I will begin the process of levying charges against Deputy Valenti."

"I'm afraid I can't do that, Major," Wilcox said regretfully.

Cavitt's face darkened. "And why not? You saw him pointing a weapon at me, saw him with your own eyes! Only the quick intervention of my guard saved my life!"

"No doubt," Wilcox said, with what Valenti hoped was mock seriousness. "But I'm afraid we have a little jurisdictional problem here. You see, by your own admission, Deputy Valenti committed these alleged acts in my county. That makes him my problem. I'm going to have to place him under arrest."

"And you actually except me to believe that you're going to keep him in custody while I pursue charges against him?" Cavitt asked skeptically.

"I'd never dream of telling you what to believe, Major," Wilcox said calmly. "Oh—and since this unfortunate little incident is going before the judge, I propose we save some time and bring my charges against you at the same time."

"Your charges for what?" Cavitt demanded.

"Attempted bribery of a law enforcement officer."

"Sheriff," Cavitt scoffed, "I'm quite sure I don't know what you're talking about. Do you have any witnesses to this ridiculous claim?"

"As a matter of fact, I do," Wilcox smiled. "Deputy Valenti here was eavesdropping. He heard the whole thing."

"I gather you think the judge will take the word of an obviously deranged man?" Cavitt asked coldly.

"I think the judge will take the word of a man he's worked with for twenty-five years," Wilcox said in a conversational tone. "That would be me, of course. But if you don't think so, you're certainly free to plead your case. I'm sure the Daily Record and KGFL will be very interested in anything you have to say."

"That course of action would be a huge mistake," Cavitt warned.

"Don't worry, Major," Wilcox said expansively. "Everything in my testimony will be the truth, which is exactly what you just told me you were looking for from my deputy. Although," he added dryly as Cavitt scowled, "I would imagine some truths are more desirable than others. To you at least."

Tucked in the corner of the back seat, Valenti worked hard to suppress a grin. Alerting the radio stations and newspapers was definitely not in Cavitt's best interests; the bad press the Army had received over the Brazel incident was still smoking. And so was Cavitt, sitting there like a uniformed thundercloud, glaring at Wilcox, who stared back unperturbed.

"Now that that's settled, let's move along," Wilcox said cheerfully. "Deputy Valenti, would you please step out of the car."

"I can't, sir," Valenti answered, glancing at the still depressed lock button on his door. "The door is locked, and it won't open."

"Major," Wilcox said evenly, "please open the door and allow my deputy to exit."

"I'm terribly sorry," Major Cavitt said. "There must be something wrong with the door. Tell you what. We'll proceed to the base since we're so close anyway, and I'll have the mechanics there take a look at it."

"Unlock the door, Major, or I'll have my deputies shoot the lock out."

"Really, Sheriff," Cavitt said severely. "You're beginning to sound as unhinged as your deputy."

Wilcox leaned on Cavitt's windowsill. "Major, I don't give jack shit what you think I sound like. Open that door, or I'll open it for you."

Cavitt's eyebrows rose. "Now who's making threats?"

Wilcox straightened up. "Gentlemen."

McMahon and Woods promptly drew their weapons, pointing them at the car. Woods' eyes were hard, while McMahon's were popping. "You'll need to shoot the latch on the back passenger door," Wilcox instructed them. "Deputy Valenti, I'm afraid you'll need to move closer to Major Cavitt. Wouldn't want you to get hurt."

"You wouldn't dare," Cavitt hissed.

Wilcox's eyes flicked downward. "Try me."

Valenti hesitated, not wanting to move so much as a millimeter closer to Cavitt. Woods and McMahon hovered outside, not wanting to fire at the car unless they had to.

The door lock abruptly popped up. Valenti scrambled out of the car, not knowing or caring if it had been Cavitt or one of the guards who had caved. Fresh air had never tasted so good.

"Looks like your door fixed itself," Wilcox commented.

"You've made an enemy today, Sheriff," Cavitt said in a deadly voice. "I hope you realize that."

"Oh, please," Wilcox answered with a broad smile. "You don't scare me, Major. I've been Sheriff of this county for the past quarter century, and no one holds a position like that without making enemies. You're at the end of a very long line."

"I have a habit of pushing to the front of the line," Cavitt said softly.

"No surprise there," Wilcox answered, "but if I were you, I'd keep something in mind. That," he said, nodding toward the base, "is your turf. Chaves County is my turf. Nobody screws with me and mine in my county, and when you're in my county, you play by my rules. And if you don't like that...stay the hell out of my county."

"For your sake, I pray the day never comes when you find yourself on my turf," Cavitt said, his eyes boring into Wilcox.

"Given that you're far more likely to find yourself in my county, you might want to consider redirecting those prayers, Major." Wilcox stepped back from the car. "Deputies, move your vehicles and let this asshole out of here."

"With pleasure, sir," Woods answered grimly. McMahon hurried to the other car, eyes still bulging, while Valenti stood off to one side. A minute later, Cavitt's car roared off, kicking up a huge cloud of dust; when it settled, Valenti found himself staring straight at Wilcox.

"You okay?"

"Yeah," Valenti said, surprised to find his voice shaking. "How'd you find me?"

"We received a phone call saying that you'd gotten into Cavitt's car," Wilcox answered. "I'd read your report, so it didn't take a Harvard graduate to put it all together."

"A call?" Valenti echoed. "From whom?"

"Don't know," McMahon answered, coming up behind Wilcox. "Sounded panicky. Sounded young. But I knew something was up because Cavitt had called you earlier," he added, smiling proudly as though he'd pulled off a great piece of detective work.

Evans, Valenti thought. So he hadn't run away after all. He must have hung around long enough to see him leave with Cavitt, and then called the Sheriff. He owed his life to a nine year-old boy.

"C'mon, Jim," Woods was saying. "Let's go home."

Valenti nodded numbly, following Woods as he tucked his small pistol into his pocket. "Bastard," he muttered. "He kept my gun."

"You're damned lucky that's all he kept," Wilcox said, falling in step beside him. "If I thought I could've gotten you out of there, I would've let him take you just to drive the point home."

Valenti said nothing, walking beside the Sheriff in miserable silence until Wilcox stepped in front of him.

"Tell me one thing. Did he tell you what you wanted to know?"

"Yes," Valenti said faintly.

"I see." Wilcox pondered that in silence for a moment. "So—was it worth it?"

Valenti stepped around the Sheriff, heading for the car.

"No."


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

I'll post Chapter 81 next Sunday. :)
User avatar
Island Breeze
Feedbacking Sci Fi King
Posts: 1791
Joined: Sat Jul 02, 2005 11:11 pm
Location: South Florida

Post by Island Breeze »

I'll be back to leave proper fb after I sleep. :lol
- - - -
Gerry
- - - -
Hopeless Candy-Coated, Stargazing, Dreamer!
- - - -
Image

Image
karenbee
Newbie
Posts: 5
Joined: Thu Feb 23, 2006 2:42 am

Post by karenbee »

woohoo! a saturday post! weee!

but it was too short! i feel like i can't read these fast enough. i miss the days when i could sit and read chapter after chapter when i first discovered the series.

is Dee coming back around soon? i miss her antics. ;)
User avatar
Kathy W 2200
Fan Fic Fanatic
Posts: 602
Joined: Mon Jun 06, 2005 11:51 am

Post by Kathy W 2200 »

Feature Story? :shock: Thanks, Majik! I really appreciate it! *Hugs*


karenbee: I do have some readers who have asked to be notified when each book is finished because they prefer to read straight through. If you'd like to do that, I'd be glad to add you to the list.

And here's Dee. :)




Note: In the future, I'll be using asterisks to denote *telepathic speech* instead of <carats>. Carats have been causing HTML problems on boards that don't accept HTML.




CHAPTER EIGHTY-ONE


December 14, 1947, 1830 hours

Eagle Rock Military Base





"Sir?"

Spade looked up from the tray of food he'd just sat down with in the mess hall. "What is it?"

"Uh...I'm sorry to bother you, sir, but you asked to be notified when Major Lewis arrived."

Spade glanced at his watch; it was 1830, an hour and a half past Ramey's 1700 deadline and almost two hours since Ramey had left. More time than they'd expected....and it still hadn't been enough.

"How many are with him?" Spade asked.

"Five, sir, including the Major. They're being processed upstairs now."

"Thank you, Private," Spade said heavily. "Dismissed."

Leaving his tray of food untouched on the table, Spade headed for the basement. "Privates," he said to the guards outside John's room, "you're relieved until further notice."

"Thank you, sir!" one of the guards said as both beat a hasty exit, not bothering to ask why they were being relieved. Everyone was exhausted, pulling double, even triple shifts while they were undermanned due to those who'd been knocked out the night before and those going through the x-ray training. Spade had tried to carefully rotate personnel through the guard positions and still allow enough time for at least some food and sleep, but hadn't been completely successful. At least these guards would get a little breathing room, meaning something good would come of this latest mess even if all else failed.

Leaning his shoulder into the door to the observation room, Spade slid the heavy door open. "You're relieved until further notice," he said to the soldier sitting in front of the window through which John's prone form could be seen.

The soldier turned around, surprised. "Thompson," Spade said, "I didn't realize you were in here now. God, I can't keep track of where I put anybody now that everyone's all over the place." He sighed. "You're relieved. Go get something to eat, or grab a nap while you can."

Thompson poked his head outside. "Where are the other guards, sir?"

"They're relieved too. You're all relieved."

"Why?"

"I don't have time to explain. Go on, get out of here."

"Something's wrong, isn't it, sir?"

Spade leaned wearily against the opening in the wall. "Look....Brian....I don't want you involved in this, okay?"

"With all due respect, sir, I've heard that before," Thompson answered. "Is it the aliens?"

"Worse," Spade said. "This time it's us."

Thompson's eyes widened. "Sir, what is going on?"

"I told you I don't have time for this," Spade said impatiently. "Major Lewis will be here in just a few minutes, which means you shouldn't be."

"And leave you all alone here? I don't think so."

"Thompson, go!" Spade said in exasperation. "That's an order!"

"I respectfully refuse to comply until I get an explanation, sir," Thompson said firmly. "So unless you plan on wasting what little time you have dragging me away, I recommend you talk fast."

Damn it! Spade pounded his fist into the wall in frustration as Thompson stood there, unmoved and unmoving. "Fine. Ramey was ordered to kill the prisoner anyway, in spite of the fact that we found a way to identify the aliens and keep them out. And it gets worse. Major Lewis has been given permission to conduct some kind of freaky living autopsy on him. That's why he's headed down here now."

"Living....autopsy, sir?" Thompson repeated faintly. "You mean they're going to cut him open while......" He stopped, unwilling to finish the sentence.

"Yes," Spade said, feeling his hackles rise at just the thought of it. "They can't kill him—his body will turn to dust, and then they can't study him. So they're planning to study him while he's alive until the act of 'studying' renders him dead anyway."

Thompson's face had gone white. "Sir, that's....that's....."

"Exactly. Which is why Ramey is out there now trying to do an end run around whoever ordered this. But he's not back yet. I volunteered to head Lewis off at the pass."

"All by yourself?" Thompson asked in disbelief. "Why didn't you come to me?"

"Because Ramey may not succeed," Spade answered, "in which case I'll be screwed for defying the orders Lewis no doubt has with him. I'm willing to go down for this, but I'm not willing to drag anyone else down with me. So get out of here while the getting's good."

"Get Dr. Pierce," Thompson suggested. "He had a fit the last time Lewis tried to muscle his way in. He—"

"No," Spade broke in, shaking his head. "Pierce may be a doctor, but first and foremost, he's a political animal—he'll go whichever way the wind blows. You should have heard him this morning when Ramey told everyone they might have to execute the prisoner. The first thing Pierce wanted to know was whether he'd get to conduct the autopsy. He won't side with Ramey if Ramey's position is shaky. Neither would Cavitt. I'm on my own on this one until Ramey gets back. If he gets back," he added ruefully.

"So what are you going to do?" Thompson asked. "Just stand here and refuse to let him in? He'll just have you hauled off, and the prisoner's as good as dead!"

"You got a better idea?"

Voices sounded in the distance, accompanied by footsteps. "Yes," Thompson said. "As a matter of fact, I do."




******************************************************



"Was this really necessary?" Amar said irritably, as Malik heaved him none too gently onto the floor of their latest hiding place.

"Absolutely," Orlon said, easing Marana onto the floor while the one conscious hunter took care of the other hunters, who were just beginning to come around. "Brivari would have found us had we not moved."

"But twice?" Amar griped. "Why twice?"

"Our first stop was merely a resting point," Orlon said. "All of you are rather heavy, you know."

"I thought you said Brivari didn't follow you?" Amar continued, unwilling to give up.

"I said I did not see him following me," Orlon clarified. "That does not mean he didn't follow me. Don't underestimate him a second time, Amar."

"I don't see what your problem is," Marana said to Amar, her voice still thick with the effects of the sedative. "You didn't have to walk—you were carried here. Which is a lot more than you deserve for completely ruining everything last night."

"I ruined everything?" Amar echoed. "I'm not the one who failed to take out a single human soldier. I'm not the one who shifted halfway, making it all too clear what was going on."

"I was trying to get a better grip on his head! I can't grab anything with these tiny things—they're useless!" Marana said angrily, brandishing her now-human hands.

Malik leaned against the wall of the barn in which they'd taken shelter and slid down to the ground, exhausted. Amar and Marana had both opened their eyes enroute from their previous hiding place to this one; unfortunately, their mouths had opened at the same time. They'd been at it all the way here, each blaming the other for failing to break into the humans' lab and obtain the serum which would allow them to chemically shackle Brivari and Jaddo. The two sedated hunters had begun to wake also, but they were silent. Their only virtue, Malik thought, eyeing them with distaste. Just being near those creatures made his skin crawl.

"Oh, please!" Marana was saying. "You screwed everything up long before we made it to the lab! 'There's never a guard there,' you said. 'We can just walk right in,' you said. Instead we find the lab heavily guarded. So much for all your 'intelligence'," she said derisively, infusing that last word with an extra helping of sarcasm.

"You think one human means 'heavily guarded'?" Amar said in disgust. "I say we should never have taken a scientist with us. That was the only mistake we made."

"Enough!" Orlon commanded, as Marana struggled to a sitting position, ready to retort. "You're both missing the point, that being that acquiring Jaddo should have been easy for us given the humans low level of technology. Instead we found ourselves under attack, with four of us compromised and one dead. How did that happen?"

"Apparently I'm not the only one guilty of underestimating Brivari," Amar grumbled.

"Brivari could not have been responsible for what happened at the human compound last night," Orlon said, eyeing him beadily. "They were ready for us. Not just at the laboratory, but throughout the compound. They knew we were coming. How did they know that, Amar?"

"What, you think I'm to blame for that?" Amar exclaimed. "Honestly, why do I get blamed every single time something goes wrong?"

"Maybe because you're usually to blame?" Marana offered helpfully.

"How else could the humans have known we were here?" Orlon demanded. "You didn't stick to the plan, Amar. You entered without permission, without even telling the rest of us what you were doing!"

"I found another way in!" Amar said angrily. "A quieter way than what you had in mind. And the human whose place I took was out cold when I left him, so he couldn't have tipped them off!"

"What about the one who started blabbing about 'aliens' when we first got inside?" Marana asked.

"He'll never do that again," Amar answered coldly. "I saw to that—even with my 'tiny, useless' human hands," he added, as Marana glowered at him.

"Tonight there will be no deviating from the plan," Orlon said firmly. "Our job will be harder because they know we're here, and I'll not have you running off and giving away our presence yet again. You'll do as you're told. Is that clear?"

"They didn't see me!" Amar exploded. "I know they didn't!"

"Then how do you explain their readiness?" Orlon asked.

Amar fell into a frustrated silence as Orlon nodded his head grimly. "Exactly. There is no other explanation. Something you did, whether you are aware of it or not, alerted the humans to our presence, and I'll not have that happen again."

Malik closed his eyes as Amar erupted yet again, deeply grateful that he'd planted the seeds of this argument last night. Any tinge of guilt he might have felt for deliberately pointing the finger at Amar was outweighed by the sheer number of times Amar's impulsiveness had caused all sorts of problems. At least this time his impulsiveness had been useful.

*Actually, there is another explanation.*

Malik opened his eyes to find Marana staring at him. She was speaking to him privately; Amar and Orlon continued their battle, oblivious.

*Such as?*

*Such as someone deliberately warned the humans,* Marana said, watching him carefully from her semi prone position several feet away.

The two of them locked eyes for a moment *And you think that someone was.....me?* Malik asked.

Marana held his gaze for a moment longer before dropping her own. *No. This has Amar's carelessness written all over it. And Orlon told me how you kept Jaddo from shooting him. And how you went back for Amar and me.* She paused. *Thank you.*

*You're welcome,* Malik replied, making a mental note to be very careful about what he said to Marana in the future. He'd been frank with her yesterday out of habit, a habit developed during those conversations via communicator.....a habit he could no longer afford. Being honest was one thing when she was back home in another part of the galaxy, but now....now she was here, on Earth, and he walked a finer line than ever before. If he were careless as he walked that line, it would not take her long to reach some very logical conclusions. Hopefully that would never happen. Hopefully Brivari would have fled, and the humans would have figured out what he meant by his reference to shoe stores. And if they hadn't...well, if they hadn't, then according to the human soldier, there would be one less Warder to walk that fine line for.



******************************************************


Eagle Rock Military Base



"Lieutenant Spade!" Major Lewis said cheerfully as he approached the prisoner's room, his entourage close on his heels. "How good to see you!"

Can't say the same. "Good evening, Major," Spade replied tonelessly.

"I don't usually find you on guard duty," Lewis continued, "but then you are down several men due to last night's festivities, aren't you?"

"Yes, Major," Spade said, eyeing Lewis's full uniform, formal coat, and gloves; he'd dressed impeccably for his butchery, much the same way Cavitt had dressed for war. It was said that Josef Mengele had been quite the natty dresser as he'd sent his Jewish prisoners to either the right or the left. There must be something intoxicating about domination that made men want to look their best. A gaggle of Captains and Majors gathered behind Lewis, crowding close, eyes darting left and right as though expecting aliens to sprout from the walls. Right about now, Spade was almost wishing they would. John may not want to be captured by his own people, but captured was preferable to dead any day.

"Lieutenant," Lewis was saying, "I have orders from General McMullen which supersede any orders you have received from Major Pierce.....or even General Ramey," he added, with a deep note of satisfaction. "I took care to obtain written orders this time as I didn't want a repeat of the last time I was given leeway and refused access. I believe you'll find everything in order."

Lewis handed over a sheaf of papers, which Spade took his time going through. The orders were markedly explicit in that Lewis was given total control of the prisoner, and markedly vague as to what exactly he was going to do with said prisoner. Naturally no one would want to put that in writing.

"Very good, sir," Spade said, handing the papers back to a beaming Lewis. "I just need Major Cavitt's approval as I notice he remains head of security, and then—"

"Yes, yes," Lewis interrupted. "Major Cavitt will be down momentarily. He had to take an important phone call from General McMullen. In the meantime, I should like to see my prisoner. Is it still unconscious?"

"My" prisoner. "Yes, sir," Spade said, swallowing the bile in his throat. "He is."

" 'He'?" queried one of the other officers.

Lewis smiled indulgently. "You'll find that some of the personnel here do refer to the creature as 'he', which is visually correct, although as you'll soon see, not anatomically correct. It looks human, gentlemen, so it is very easy for the uninitiated to forget that it isn't. We, as men of medicine, do not fall victim to this fallacy." He gestured toward the observation room. "Allow me to demonstrate. Lieutenant, open the door."

"Yes, sir," Spade said, sliding the door to the observation room open, everyone crowding inside and peering through the window.

"At ease, Private," Lewis said casually as Thompson rose from his seat at the counter and saluted. "We're just looking. For the moment."

"My God!" breathed one of the Captains gaping at the window. "It looks....it looks human!"

"Completely human," murmured another as he stared at John's motionless form.

"Bernard," said another uneasily, "it won't be....well.....conscious, will it?"

"As I explained, we can't simply put it to sleep," Lewis answered, as though he were a veterinarian talking about a dog. "The bodies we've seen so far have disintegrated within twenty-four hours after death, so we'll have to keep it alive as long as possible to avoid that. As for being conscious, Major Cavitt and I were planning to use this opportunity to gather intelligence. Granted, it will wind up dead eventually anyway, but along the way....let's just say we have the power to make that death either more or less painful. If it's willing to answer our questions, I'm willing to lessen its pain. The end result will be the same, of course, and it's a hopelessly contrary creature, but we were planning on giving it that choice."

Choice? Spade looked away, his stomach turning. Apparently he wasn't the only one.

"Bernard, I don't know if I can do this," said the officer who had asked about John being conscious. "I know you say it isn't human, but it looks human."

"This is what the Nazi's did," murmured the Captain who'd spoken before.

The smile fell from Lewis's face as he stepped closer to the group. "Now you listen to me," he said severely. "That thing is not human. The fact that it appears human is irrelevant—it isn't. We can't apply human standards to non-human creatures. That's like saying goats are as good as we are, or any other animal or insect, for that matter. And there are more of these alien creatures out there, gentlemen. Just last night, this compound was attacked by several of these things, trying to free this one. Why are they here? What do they want? This one won't say. I say we make him say, for the security of not just our nation, but the entire planet. Think, gentlemen! Think of the stature of our country should we be the ones to foil an alien attack on this planet! Think of the consequences should we fail! Do you want that on your consciences? Do you?"

Silence. Spade eyed the officers' expressions, noting that most of them still appeared gratifyingly disturbed. At least not everyone was walking into this bloodbath with a happy smile and a spring in his step.

But walking in they were. "Of course not," the Captain answered, still appearing uneasy, but clearly unwilling to act on that uneasiness. "I'm just questioning the method we're using, that's all."

"The only one to blame for the method we're using is that thing in there," Lewis said firmly. "It has been here for the past five months, housed and fed at the expense of the American people. It has repeatedly been asked about its people's intentions toward our planet, and it has declined to elaborate. It has no one to blame but itself." He turned to Spade. "Lieutenant, open the prisoner's room."

"Yes, sir," Spade replied, nodding to Thompson, who headed into the hallway as Spade hoped Lewis wouldn't notice the handoff. Everyone followed, watching as Thompson began to open the heavy sliding door of John's room, holding their breaths. Spade held his breath too, albeit for a different reason.

"It sticks," Thompson had said earlier. "If you open it just right, the door jams. Won't go forward or back."

"So Lewis will just get it unjammed," Spade had countered. "How does that help us?"

"Only two people know how to unjam this door," Thompson had replied, "and one of them is still sedated."


Now Spade held his breath as the door began to slide open. One inch....two inches....Thompson appeared to be leaning into the door, not merely pushing it sideways.....three inches....four inches.....it wasn't working....five....six.....and the door stopped.

"What's wrong?" Lewis asked.

"It's the door, sir," Thompson replied in a properly mystified voice. "It's stuck."

"Then unstick it," Lewis ordered pleasantly.

"I'm trying, sir," Thompson answered, pushing for all he was worth.

"Lieutenant, would you?" Lewis asked.

"Of course, sir," Spade said, joining Thompson at the door.

Five minutes later, after a good deal of pushing and shoving with no result, Lewis's cheerful façade began to crack. "What is the matter?" he barked at Spade, staring through the narrow opening at the prize he could see, but not reach. "I want this door opened now!"

"I'm sorry, sir," Thompson said, sounding genuinely contrite. "We've been having some trouble with it. The room wasn't completely ready because we weren't planning to use it this soon, so we hadn't ironed out all the kinks yet."

"I don't care about 'kinks'," Lewis said irritably. "Lieutenant, get more of your men to help."

"I'm sorry, sir, but everyone's working double and triple shifts because we're so short-handed. I'll—"

"Then they'll have to pull a quadruple shift!" Lewis snapped.

"—have to pull someone off a guard post, and for that, I need Major Cavitt's approval," Spade finished. "Shall I go fetch him?"

Lewis sighed in exasperation. "No. This is taking too long. Fetch some tools and we'll break the door open."

Spade blinked, watching Thompson do the same. They hadn't expected Lewis to be willing to damage his brand new, shiny holding cell. "But what if we capture more prisoners?" Spade asked. "This is our only holding cell, so if this one is damaged—"

"Leave the thinking to your superiors and obey my order," Lewis said impatiently. "I want this door open!"

"Yes, sir," Spade answered. It's over, he thought sadly. He would certainly take his time fetching the tools, but once fetched, it wouldn't take long to get inside. Either Ramey had failed, or he just hadn't been fast enough. He was almost to the end of the hall when Major Cavitt appeared around the corner.

"Major Lewis," Cavitt said in a heavy voice. "We need to talk."

"Sheridan!" Lewis exclaimed, beaming once again. "So good to see you! We're just having a little trouble with the door," he noted gesturing toward Thompson, who was still making a show of trying to open it. "I—" He stopped, registering the look on Cavitt's face. "What's wrong?"

"Gentlemen," Cavitt said to Lewis's hovering court, "would you excuse us please?"

They filed away silently, casting surreptitious glances in Lewis's direction, their expressions an odd mixture of curiosity, fear....and relief. Cavitt waited until the group of officers was well out of earshot before speaking again.

"I'm afraid there's been a change in plans, Bernard."

"Change in plans?" Lewis echoed. "What does that mean? What—no," he finished, shaking his head. "No!"

"I've just received new orders from General McMullen," Cavitt went on. "It seems General Ramey has pulled a rabbit out of his hat. He's back in command and on his way here....and he has ordered me to remove you from this compound."

Yes! Spade had to struggle hard to keep a look of triumph off his face...not that it would have mattered. Cavitt and Lewis were consumed with each other, each staring at the other as though Spade and Thompson simply weren't there.

"What?" Lewis demanded, thunderstruck. "He couldn't be! He couldn't have! I have orders!" he exclaimed, brandishing his clutch of papers, "orders which—"

"—have been countermanded by the very man who gave them," Cavitt interrupted.

Lewis's face contorted, the hand holding his now-rescinded orders still in the air. "Countermanded?" he repeated. "What do you mean, 'countermanded'! Do you—"

"Bernard," Cavitt began.

"—realize how long I've waited for this? How long we've waited?"

"Of course I realize that," Cavitt said sharply. "I was here before you were, remember?"

"And we're here now," Lewis hissed, "and Ramey is not. I say we take what we want before he gets here, and tell everyone you failed to reach me in time." He turned to Thompson. "Open that door!"

"Belay that order," Cavitt said quietly, as Thompson looked back and forth from one officer to another in confusion. "Bernard....in here," he continued, gesturing toward the observation room. Thompson jammed his foot against the door as it slid shut, leaving a tiny crack.

"What are you doing?" Spade whispered. "They'll see the light from the hallway!"

"No they won't, sir," Thompson whispered back. "This is something else we've learned about these new rooms. This door is closed enough to block the light from the hall, but if we're lucky, we'll still be able to hear."

He was right. Moments later, voices floated from the observation room; faint voices, to be sure, but audible nonetheless.

"How could Ramey possibly pull off something like this?" Lewis was demanding.

"The old fashioned way," Cavitt's voice answered soberly. "With a threat. Ramey has threatened to blow the Army's cover and tell the public we've discovered aliens. Naturally once that happens, the president will know as well."

"Then why hasn't he been dealt with?" Lewis snapped. "I'll deal with him myself if I have to!"

"As would I, were it prudent to do so," Cavitt answered, as Spade's blood ran cold at this casual reference to murder. "But his is no idle threat. Ramey claims to have secreted damning letters with various people. Should anything happen to him, from death to mere reassignment, those letters will be dispatched to various newspapers and radio stations throughout the country."

"He's bluffing!" Lewis declared. "He'd be killing his career!"

"His career is dead anyway," Cavitt pointed out, "not to mention the fact that he's near retirement. And we can't take the chance that he's bluffing. If even one of those letters gets out, we'll have a devil of a time sitting on it."

"Then find them!" Lewis exclaimed. "Where are his family, his friends? He must have given them to people he trusts. This shouldn't be that difficult!"

"They're trying," Cavitt answered, an edge of irritation in his voice. "And in the meantime, we are going to accept this graciously and step aside until the time is right. Which is not all bad," he added in a voice heavy with regret. "My efforts to find the other alien have failed; it has slipped through my fingers yet again. This remains the only one we have, and I am not eager to lose it prematurely."

Silence. Thompson and Spade stood on either side of the slightly open door, one listing right, the other left so they could hear better. Finally Lewis spoke again.

"You're not going to let me at it, are you?"

"Of course not."

"I thought you were on my side, Sheridan!"

"I'm on the winning side, Bernard," Cavitt answered, his voice cold. "You were winning. Now you're not. It's that simple."

Bastard, Spade thought sourly, feeling slightly guilty that he was pleased with the outcome of Cavitt's approach—this time.

"Now I strongly suggest you leave this place before Ramey gets here, and definitely before Pierce finds out about this," said Cavitt. "The minute he discovers you've been thwarted, he'll be impossible to live with. Go home like a good boy and behave yourself. There will be another time."

Movement. Spade and Thompson vaulted away from the door moments before it opened and a seething Lewis stepped into the hallway followed by Cavitt. Lewis stalked off without another word as Cavitt remained in the hall, staring after him.

"Major?" Thompson ventured.

"What is it, Private?" Cavitt asked without looking at him.

"Uh...Major Lewis wanted the prisoner's door open. Do....you....still want the door open?"

"No," Cavitt answered, still gazing down the hall where the furious Lewis had just flown around the corner. "Close the door and resume your posts, both of you."

Thompson slid the door—now magically free—into the closed position as soon as Cavitt left. "That was close," he said to Spade, leaning against the wall. "I never expected Lewis to order me to break the door down."

"That'll tell us how badly he wants at him," Spade murmured, gazing in the door of the observation room through the window.

"Everybody wants at him," Thompson remarked. "Humans, aliens...at least it wasn't aliens this time."

"I'd rather it were," Spade answered.

Thompson looked at him in surprise. "You would? Why?"

Spade shook his head. "Because these are our people, Brian. I don't know about you, but I expect better from our own people."



******************************************************



8:20 p.m.

Proctor residence




"Bedtime, kiddo," David Proctor said as he entered Dee's bedroom. Dee was kneeling on the bench by her window, arms on the windowsill, chin on her hands, staring at the sky like he'd seen her do so many times before. Only now the sky meant something different. It always would.

"Do I have to?" Dee asked, not turning around.

"Afraid so. Tomorrow's a school day."

She gave him a skeptical look, not bothering to voice what they both knew—it seemed ludicrous to fuss about ordinary things like bedtimes and school when in the midst of alien craziness. But those ordinary things were precisely what kept all of them from going crazy in their own right, so fuss about them they would. Emily's quest for "normal" was not without merit.

"Where do you think Brivari is now?" Dee asked, still looking out the window.

David sat down beside her on the bench. "Probably looking for the others."

"And where are they?"

"I'm not sure."

She twisted her head around to look at him. "If it were you, what would you do?"

"If I were them, I'd head for the Army base," David said. "They don't know where Brivari is, but they do know where Jaddo is."

"So that's where Brivari will go," Dee said softly, turning back to the window. "They'll all wind up there." She paused. "Do you think he'll be okay?"

"I hope so, honey," David said, keeping his own thoughts on the matter to himself. For all that had happened to her, Dee was still hopeful. No sense in robbing her of that.

"Maybe you should have given him your gun," she said thoughtfully. "Then he'd have another way to fight, and Mama wouldn't be mad at you anymore."

"Yes she would," David said, smiling at the way children seemed to think complex things could be fixed so quickly. "She'd still be mad because I had it in the first place."

"Yeah, I suppose so," Dee sighed. She shifted her position on the bench slightly. "I wish I'd had your gun when they came for Urza and Valeris."

"And what would you have done with the gun if you'd had it?" David asked, treading carefully. "Would you have shot one of the soldiers?"

"I hope not. I wouldn't have wanted to. But...maybe I could have just scared them off with it?"

David suppressed a smile at the thought of one little girl holding off a hundred soldiers with a gun. "I think they would have realized that you didn't intend to use it," he said gently. "I learned something important in the war—never pick up a gun you don't intend to use."

She pondered that for a moment, the wheels almost visibly turning in her nine year-old brain. "I guess you're right," she said reluctantly. "I guess it doesn't make much sense to point the gun if you won't shoot it anyway. So....when you got your gun last night, you meant to use it?"

"If I had to," David said.

"You killed a lot of people in the war, didn't you Daddy?"

"Yes," David answered after a moment. "Yes, I did."

"Was it hard to do that?"

"I didn't have much time to think about it when it was happening," David admitted. "And I only killed people who were trying to kill me or the people I was with. It was kill, or be killed."

"Like last night, when you shot the hunter," Dee said, nodding. "But what about later? It must have been hard later because you had all those bad dreams after you came home."

"It was," David said as Dee pulled back from the windowsill and settled into the crook of his arm. "Killing people is never easy. And it shouldn't be. Even when it's necessary."

"Deputy Valenti said you saved his life by killing the hunter," Dee said.

"Yes, I think I did."

"And Brivari said he might not have gotten away if you and Valenti hadn't shown up with your guns," she went on, still trying to make sense of her conflicting feelings.

"Yes, he did."

"So...it's not the gun that's bad," Dee said. "It's who's holding it."

"And where they're pointing it, and why they're doing that," David added.

Silence. Sounds drifted through the open bedroom door, Emily moving around in the bedroom across the hall. The grandfather clock chimed the half hour at the base of the stairs. "I do wish I'd had a gun when the soldiers came," Dee said suddenly. "I would have given it to Valeris, and maybe then they wouldn't have shot him." She twisted her head to look up at him. "What do you think, Daddy?"

"I think," David said slowly, following the thread of events, "that if Valeris had had a gun, he would have been killed immediately because he would have looked much more like a threat. And that would have had some pretty nasty consequences."

"Like what? They shot him anyway. Isn't that a 'nasty consequence'?"

"It's not that simple," David answered. "The soldier that found Valeris was willing to talk to him precisely because he was unarmed. And because that soldier talked to him, he's now a friend of the aliens, an ally inside the Army base that they desperately need. That's why he let us go the night we found the pods. Imagine what would have happened if he hadn't found us first, or didn't feel the way he did. A gun would have messed all of that up, and Valeris would have died anyway."

"But...then how do you know what to do?" Dee asked, obviously perplexed. "You used your gun, and that was good....but a gun would have been bad for Valeris. How do you know if it's going to be good or bad?"

David sighed and rumpled her hair. "You don't. You just make the best decision you can with what you know at the time, and you hope for the best. And throwing in a few 'Hail Mary's' doesn't hurt either. C'mon," he added to his frowning daughter. "Into bed. We can talk about this more tomorrow."

Dee climbed off the bench and into bed, clearly unhappy with the uncertainty that was part and parcel of people's inability to see the final outcome of their actions. David really couldn't blame her. Judgment was a combination of experience and luck; for all that the former was touted as the road to success, it was often the latter that had the final say. On another night, in an even slightly different situation, that gun which had saved both Brivari and Valenti might have produced far different results.

"So did you ever find Anthony?" David asked as he tucked her into bed, not wanting to send her off to sleep right after a discussion about guns.

"Yeah. His mother said he was grounded and I couldn't see him. Something about him going somewhere without telling them." She shrugged. "I'll ask him tomorrow in school."

"Good," David said, kissing the top of her head as he turned out her light. " 'night, kiddo." She was still staring out her window, her gaze on something far way.

"Daddy?"

"Hm?"

"Mama's still mad at you, isn't she?"

"Yes."

"How long do you think she'll stay mad?"

"Not sure. But we'll figure it out. We always do. Good night."

"Daddy?"

"What?"

"I'm not mad at you."

David smiled in the darkness of the bedroom. "I know, sweetheart. Good night."

Closing the door to Dee's bedroom, David turned around and paused outside his own. Emily was in there; did that mean she wasn't going to sleep downstairs tonight? Perhaps he should try to talk to her again. She hadn't said a word to him since Brivari had left, and he knew she was feeling guilty about what he'd said about Brivari being so outnumbered. But after thinking for a moment, he decided it would be better to wait until Emily came to him. Trying to talk to her when she was angry was like talking to a wall.

The doorbell rang. David headed down the stairs, wondering who would be here at 8:30 on a Sunday night. Might be Mac, although he usually came to the side door. David flipped on the porch light, opened the door.....and stared in surprise at the face which greeted him.

"Deputy Valenti?"


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

I'll post Chapter 82 next Sunday. :)
User avatar
Island Breeze
Feedbacking Sci Fi King
Posts: 1791
Joined: Sat Jul 02, 2005 11:11 pm
Location: South Florida

Post by Island Breeze »

Well, I'm up to page 10 now, part 71. That was fantastic! But all of it has been so far. :D And there really has been a lot of action. With everyone running around and, what was it... 15? 19? soldiers tranquilized! :lol That's a pretty good reflection of the chaos! They shoot each other. :lol :wink:

I wondered about Pierce...
Another vehicle drove by the alley. "And that would be the chief medical officer," Malik noted, looking down at the Covari body wearing Dr. Pierce's form. "We can't let them discover there are two of them. We need to go now."
But I was really wondering about Cavitt... acting so out of character. But maybe it was just that he is happy to have been engaged in battle finally, so to speak. He did seem oddly out of character, though.

And I liked this:
Suddenly the leader's head snapped up, his eyes scanning the rooftops. Instinctively Brivari drew further into the shadows, hoping he had not been seen. He was certain the hunter was not aware of having been followed; if it had suspected pursuit, it would never had led him to the rest of them. Who was down there who suspected his presence here? There was something familiar about the leader, even in human form...something in the way he carried himself....the arrogance in the expression....
Great part! :thumbsup Off to read more. :D
- - - -
Gerry
- - - -
Hopeless Candy-Coated, Stargazing, Dreamer!
- - - -
Image

Image
User avatar
Island Breeze
Feedbacking Sci Fi King
Posts: 1791
Joined: Sat Jul 02, 2005 11:11 pm
Location: South Florida

Post by Island Breeze »

Chapter 71

"So you lost a man," Cavitt continued. "I have news for you, Lieutenant—this is war. I've been saying that all along; perhaps now someone will believe me. The aliens are not 'benign', or 'friendly', or 'here by accident'—they are murderous creatures who came here deliberately for a purpose we have yet to discover. No matter how many times General Ramey tries to sugarcoat it, this is war, and in war, young men die. The only way to stop that is to stop the aliens. So I suggest you get off that chair and do your part to make certain that no more of your men die at alien hands. Wallowing in grief is nothing less than 'insensitive' to the continued safety of the remaining men under your command."
OK, now I believe it's Cavitt! :roll:

And wouldn't you just know that Cavitt would show up at the Proctor's house after the incident with Valenti there! Or is it Cavitt? One can never be sure at this point. :? Why do I think that Valenti wouldn't have minded turning his gun on Emily Proctor for a while there? :lol She doesn't mince words, does she? :wink:

I loved the whole telepathic speech conversation between Yvonne and Brivari. And the brief "mind meld," or whatever one would call it. That whole part was great!

:heart :thumbsup :ufo
- - - -
Gerry
- - - -
Hopeless Candy-Coated, Stargazing, Dreamer!
- - - -
Image

Image
User avatar
Kathy W 2200
Fan Fic Fanatic
Posts: 602
Joined: Mon Jun 06, 2005 11:51 am

Post by Kathy W 2200 »

Island Breeze wrote:OK, now I believe it's Cavitt! :roll:
:lol: Yep, Cavitt is downright cheerful when he's got a war to conduct. It's his favorite activity; we all need hobbies, I suppose. ;)

Glad you're still enjoying it! Thanks for reading!







CHAPTER EIGHTY-TWO



December 14, 1947, 8:30 p.m.

Proctor residence



David's eyes darted sideways, raking the porch, the front walk, the lawn, the street.....but Valenti was alone, the car parked at the curb in front empty. Thank God. For a moment there, he was afraid that Emily's worst fears had come true.

"I'm alone," Valenti said, reading David's expression. "No cavalry, if that's what you're thinking." He glanced inside, over David's shoulder. "May I come in, Mr. Proctor?"

"Under the circumstances....no," David said.

Valenti nodded as though he'd been expecting that, and for the first time, David noticed how exhausted he looked. He was wearing plain clothes that looked like he'd been in some kind of dust-up, with large perspiration stains under the arms of his shirt. Whatever had brought him to this porch on a Sunday night, it hadn't been good. "Is something wrong?" David asked.

"Major Cavitt tried to kidnap me," Valenti said.

David's eyes widened. "Kidnap you? Why?"

"Because I wouldn't tell him what he wanted to hear about last night. I stuck to your version of events. Obviously he didn't like that. If Sheriff Wilcox hadn't shown up..." Valenti stopped, his heistation making it all too clear what would have happened if the Sheriff hadn't shown up.

I stuck to your version of events. It took effort, but David resisted the urge to sag against the door frame in relief. Despite what he'd said to Emily, he too had been worrying all day that Valenti would take whatever bait Cavitt had dangled in front of him. "I’m sorry," David said sincerely. "Are you all right?"

Valenti stared at him. "Am I 'all right'? What, no gloating? No 'I told you so'? No, 'serves you right'?"

"I bet you've already figured that out for yourself," David said. "And I'll also bet you didn't come here to find out if I'd say 'I told you so'."

Valenti looked down the street for a moment, his hands jammed in his pocket. "Cavitt told me they captured two aliens last summer, one of which escaped right away. That's what I was chasing that night I tracked it to St. Brigit's. And then you came and got it, didn't you? You're hiding it here. You have been all along."



******************************************************



Not anymore, Emily thought as she stood at the top of the stairs, drawn there by the sound of a voice she'd dreaded hearing all day. Brivari was gone and wouldn't be back, for a while at least, if ever....but she doubted that would help them now. Valenti must have found the evidence he needed, or else he wouldn't have come back.

David's voice floated up the stairs, too low to hear, as Emily went to Dee's door and pushed it open a few inches. Her daughter was asleep already, blissfully unaware of what was going on downstairs. This had been a regular ritual while David had been overseas: watching her daughter sleep, her deep breathing a kind of meditation as Emily stood in the doorway feeling absolutely powerless. That had been the worst part—the knowledge that there was nothing you could do, no way to affect the outcome. Oh, they'd tried. Everyone had tried. They'd bought war bonds, rationed cheerfully, or tried to, tended their victory gardens, and rolled bandages for the Red Cross. All of this had helped the larger war effort, but none of it had mattered a bit to the individual lives they were all aching to save. All one could do for them was to write, hope, and pray. And wait. Helplessly. Much like she'd waited in the attic last night, with the battle raging below her, praying that when it was over, her husband would still be standing.

The voices were still murmuring downstairs. What was Valenti waiting for? Was he trying to get them to come quietly? More importantly, was she going to go quietly? Was she really as helpless this time as she had been before?

No.

Emily closed Dee's door, turning the knob carefully, latching it. Then she headed for her own bedroom and pulled open the closet door, looking at the box for a long minute before pulling it off the top shelf, surprised at its weight. Sitting down on the bed, she removed the cover and hesitated for another long minute before reaching inside, the metal cold and heavy in her hands.

"You are a Warder. Warders do whatever is necessary to protect those they guard. If the time comes, I know you will not be any more content to wait in the attic than your mate was."

"No more waiting in the attic," Emily whispered.



******************************************************



David stared at Valenti, amazed at what he'd just heard. Not at the announcement about aliens, most of which Valenti could figure out for himself, but at the fact that Cavitt had given him such specific information. Cavitt must have been quite certain of his footing to make such a bald admission.

"Deputy," David said slowly, "I can assure you that there's no one in this house besides myself, my wife, and my daughter. And my daughter's cat, if that counts for anything."

"I figured as much," Valenti answered. "It had to run, didn't it? Looks like it's being chased by more than just our people, and now that they've found it here, it can't stay. But here's the deal, Mr. Proctor," he continued, not bothering to wait for confirmation or denial. "Assuming it survives, it'll be back. I'd imagine allies are hard to come by, and you and yours have proven steady allies. So someday it'll find its way back here, which means that you'll once again be in Cavitt's crosshairs."

"Correct me if I'm wrong," David said, "but I believe that I'm the one who clued you in about 'Cavitt's crosshairs'."

"And you were right," Valenti admitted. "But so was I. You're not only in this up to your neck—you're in over your head, even more so than I thought you were. I knew you were in trouble, but I had no idea just how much trouble until I almost disappeared inside that base this afternoon. Do you realize what you're tangling with?"

"Deputy, I appreciate your concern, but—"

"No 'buts'," Valenti said firmly. "I came here tonight to ask you—no, beg you—to reconsider your allegiances. Because even though the Sheriff and I will do our damnedest to protect you, the fact is we probably won't be able to protect you from someone like Cavitt. You've got your wife and daughter to think about, and—"

"My allegiances?" David interrupted. "It's not my allegiances that got you into this."

"What is that supposed to mean?" Valenti demanded.

"How exactly did you find yourself in a position where Cavitt could 'kidnap' you, Deputy? Did he jump out of the bushes? Hide in your house? Follow you down a dark alley? All things he's capable of, I'm sure....but I'm willing to bet that's not it. He offered you something, didn't he? Something you couldn't refuse....and you took him up on it. Even after what you saw last night, you just didn't get it. You tried to make a deal with the devil, and anyone who does that always gets burned. If you didn't know that before, you do now."

"So you're saying this is all my fault?" Valenti said angrily. "I almost got my ass whipped because of you, and you're blaming that on me?"

"This is precisely why I asked George to let you make your own decision about what to put in your report," David answered levelly. "I knew there would be fallout either way. And because the decision was yours, so are the consequences. You decided what to tell Cavitt....and what not to tell him. Nobody made you do that. It was your decision, just like whatever decision landed you in his power was your decision too."

Valenti flushed, and David suddenly felt guilty about lighting into him like that. After all, he had kept his mouth shut. "Look," David said quietly, "I'm sorry about what happened to you. I never wished you any harm. I do appreciate your warning. But I'm very clear on my allegiances. I think it's you who need to clarify your own." He stepped back from the door. "Good night, Deputy. Get some sleep. You look like you need it."

David closed the door gently, leaning against it for a moment before moving to the front window. Valenti stood on the porch for a moment as though in shock before heading for his car and, after a long look back at the house, driving away.

Was I too hard on him? David wondered, as he watched the car head down the road. Valenti truly looked like he'd been through the wringer and had come here to deliver a warning, not be lectured. But he needed to be, David argued with himself. Valenti hadn't believed him last night when he'd told him about Cavitt, despite all the evidence to the contrary. He'd needed whatever unpleasant experience he'd had today so he could see for himself, and he needed to accept the consequences of his own actions because whatever had happened today could happen again.

I can't wait to hear George's side of this, David thought wearily as he climbed the stairs to his bedroom, only to come to a halt in the doorway, unable to believe what he saw.

Emily was sitting on the bed, her face set. The box in which he kept his gun was beside her, and the gun....the gun was in her lap, her hand wrapped around the handle, her finger on the trigger.

"Emily?" David said, flabbergasted. She didn't answer, just looked past him as though expecting him to have company. "Emily?" he repeated. "What are you doing?"

"Where is he?" Emily asked. "Where'd he go?"

Valenti. She must have overheard. "I assume he went home," David answered. "I—"

"Who else is coming?" she interrupted. "Are they outside now, or is he sending them?"

"No one's coming," David said gently. "Valenti didn't tell anyone what happened last night. He kept it to himself....and paid a price for that. He came here to tell me that."

Emily stared at him for a moment, uncomprehending. "So....no one else is coming?"

"No," David said. "No one's coming. No one knows."

Relief spread slowly over her face as she realized they had once again slipped through the noose. Her head dropped, her shoulders sagging, her hand still on the gun in her lap. "I was....I was going to...." She stopped, looking at the gun in her hand as though not quite certain what she'd been going to do with it.

"That's not loaded," David pointed out.

"I loaded it."

Good Lord. Slowly, David walked over to her. "Give me the gun, Emily."

She held it out immediately, barrel first, like any other novice would. "Turn it around," David instructed.

"What?"

"Turn it around," David repeated. "Never hand anyone a gun barrel first—it looks like you're going to shoot them. Turn it around, and hand it to them handle first."

She stared at the gun for a moment before transferring it to her other hand, holding the handle toward him. He took it from her, sitting down on the bed beside her, opening the barrel and letting the bullets slide into his hand.

"Would you have shot him?" David asked quietly.

"I didn't want to," she whispered. "But I would have if I'd had to." She looked up at him, and now that he was close to her, he could feel her trembling. "I don't want to sit in the attic anymore, David. I won't. Not this time."

"Okay," David whispered, sliding his arm around her, pulling her toward him. "Okay."



******************************************************



Eagle Rock Military Base




The light was blinding; it had been every time he'd opened his eyes so far. So Jaddo had closed them, blocking out the brilliance, forestalling the headache that tended to follow being hit with one of those infernal tranquilizer darts. But now it looked different: now there was a dark shape against the brilliance that hadn't been there before. It was too large to be the Healer, too wide to be Pierce, no where near haughty enough to be Cavitt. All of which piqued his interest to the point where, this time, he actually opened his eyes.

"Good evening, Mr. Doe," General Ramey said. "Welcome back."

Jaddo opened his eyes fully, careful to not move his head just yet. With the exception of the General, all he saw was white—white walls, a white ceiling. Where was he? Had he been moved? Did Brivari know? "Where am I?" he asked, his dry throat producing little more than a croak.

"You are still in the compound," Ramey answered, "in a new room we were having constructed. The door to your old room was destroyed."

Destroyed. Jaddo closed his eyes again, remembering. The warning. The power failing. The hunters. Spade handing him his weapon. Taking the hunters down, only to be taken down himself by another Covari. "My people?" he asked.

"Escaped," Ramey answered simply. "Without getting what they came for....obviously."

"How long ago?"

"Almost exactly twenty-four hours," Ramey replied.

"They will be back soon," Jaddo answered, moving his head experimentally, his throat working better now.

"I know," Ramey said. "What I don't know, Mr. Doe, is why you don't want to go with them."

Forgetting about potential headaches, Jaddo rocked his head all the way to one side so he could see the General clearly. "What do you mean?"

"I've had a busy day," Ramey replied levelly. "I've had a manpower shortage, a dead soldier, a radical redesign of security procedures....and a devil of a time keeping you alive. My immediate superiors ordered your execution last night after your people attacked."

Moving slowly, Jaddo propped himself up on one elbow. "An order you obviously chose to defy."

"Not defy—confirm," Ramey corrected. "I threatened to inform my ultimate superior, our president, the commander-in chief of our military, who is unaware of your existence. So are the people of my country. There are many with a vested interest in maintaining that dual ignorance."

"Were I one of those with such a 'vested interest'," Jaddo said, "I would not be long in solving that problem."

"I'm sure you wouldn't," Ramey said, "and neither would they. I didn't get to be a General by being an idiot, so you can be certain I've taken care of that. My death or disappearance, or even just a reassignment, will trigger this disclosure. We are safe....for the moment."

Jaddo considered this in silence. "So our fates are linked," he said after a moment. "If anything happens to you, my life is forfeit. And if anything happens to me, you would likely never be able to prove your contention, meaning your life would be forfeit."

"Very perceptive," Ramey nodded. "Now....back to my original question. Everyone else thinks the events of last night represent an attempted rescue. I don't. I think your people were trying to capture you, not rescue you, and I'd like to know why."

"What makes you think that?" Jaddo asked, wondering what had happened while he'd been unconscious. Was Ramey lying, and they really had captured a Covari? Had Spade or the Healer talked? Had Brivari been taken prisoner again?

"Simple deductive reasoning," Ramey answered. "For starters, your people navigated an almost completely dark compound with ease. They can see in the dark somehow, can't they?"

Jaddo pushed himself into a sitting position, hesitating a moment before nodding slightly.

"I thought as much," Ramey replied. "So now we have you and Lieutenant Spade in your room in total darkness with your people at the door, and somehow, Spade manages to place one dart, and only one dart, in each of your people, conveniently avoiding my people. He thinks he just got lucky. I find that hard to believe."

Jaddo was silent, waiting. Ramey eyed him closely for a minute before continuing. "So I put two and two together. Your people can see in the dark. That means you can see in the dark. The only way those darts would find their targets so precisely is if you were the one firing them. Which means that somehow you acquired a weapon, easy to do in the chaos, and held off your own people. Which brings all sorts of interesting theories to mind."

When Jaddo remained silent, Ramey rose from his chair and stood directly in front of him. "Who are you, Mr. Doe? What are you? Are you a criminal, perhaps an escaped convict on your own world? You told me your people's arrival here was an accident; I now have cause to doubt that. And I've more than earned an explanation."

You have, Jaddo thought as Ramey waited for an answer. But how much to tell him? Any admission that Earth had been their destination would likely be misinterpreted, regardless of the accompanying explanation, and he couldn't take that risk if Ramey was truly all that stood between him and death. Surely Orlon and the others would go after Brivari if they hadn't already, and if they succeeded, he once again faced the prospect of being the sole surviving Warder.

"Recently," Jaddo began carefully, "there has been a political upheaval on my world."

"Join the club," Ramey said dryly. "Go on."

"The ruling royal family was overthrown and killed in a surprise attack, and their usurper took the throne."

"How depressingly familiar," Ramey remarked. "So much for hoping things were better in more advanced civilizations. What does this have to do with you?"

"My three companions and I functioned as guardians for that royal family. When those we guarded were killed, we fled."

"To Earth? Why?"

"Our ship malfunctioned, and we were forced to land," Jaddo said, noting that that statement, by itself, was accurate. "Obviously we have been tracked here."

"But why come after you?" Ramey asked. "It sounds like the other side won. Why come all the way out here when they got what they wanted?"

"I represent a threat to the current regime, a rallying point for those who still support the old King, not to mention the fact that I have knowledge they would very much like to have. They cannot take the chance that I will return to my world as anything other than a captive."

Ramey digested this in silence for a moment. "That fits," he said finally. "Last night's 'attack' appeared to be little more than a strike force with the singular purpose of retrieving you. That your people have not returned likely means they need to wait for the sedative to wear off, which further means their numbers are limited."

"My people have no interest in your world," Jaddo confirmed, adding privately, not anymore. "Given the unrest that no doubt plagues mine, they likely could not afford a larger complement and probably did not think one necessary given your low level of technology. I doubt they were expecting to fail last night."

"What will they do with you should they succeed?"

"What do you think?"

Ramey sighed and leaned against the glaring white wall. "So everyone wants you dead. My people. Your people. You're very popular, Mr. Doe, in a perverse sort of way." He paused, thinking. "Tell me—what would your people do if they were unable to retrieve you?"

Jaddo smiled slightly and shook his head, instantly regretting even that small motion. "No offense, General, but last night was an anomaly. You won't be able to—"

"Consider it a rhetorical question," Ramey interrupted. "Indulge me."

"Very well, then," Jaddo sighed. "They would wait."

"Wait? They wouldn't attack?"

"My people are bred for stealth, for invisibility, not for attack," Jaddo replied. "They will wait for a likely opportunity, which will not be long in coming. Your level of technology simply isn't high enough to fend off my people for long."

"Indeed," Ramey murmured. He resumed his seat, arms crossed in front of himself. "What if I told you that we have a way to identify your people, physically identify them....which gives us a way to keep them out."

"Then I would ask you what that way is."

"X-rays," Ramey answered. "Do you know what those are?"

"Of course," Jaddo answered. "They will be inside long before you have the films prepared for viewing."

"No, they won't," Ramey answered, "because the results are immediate, and the machines are all over the compound. Even if they avoid one, they won't be able to avoid all of them, and weapons will be trained on everyone being tested. They know we can sedate them. Will they risk their own capture in an effort to reach you?"

"...all over the compound...." Jaddo stared at Ramey, furiously reorganizing every assumption he'd made since he'd first learned of his people's arrival last night. Up until this moment, he had taken it for granted that his people would be successful in short order and that he would be their captive unless Brivari could prevent it, assuming he wasn't already captive himself, a tall order given the number of hunters he'd have to fend off. If the humans truly had found a way to hold off his people, that changed the entire picture.

"No," Jaddo said, finally answering Ramey's question. "If they feel the risk of their own capture is too high, they will bide their time."

"For how long?"

"As long as it takes," Jaddo answered. "They will not leave until they either have me in custody, or I am dead."

"If the x-rays work as well as I think they will, that could be a very long time," Ramey noted.

They have time, Jaddo thought sadly. Khivar knew perfectly well that it would be years before the hybrids would emerge. And if should come to pass that Jaddo was the only surviving Warder and still in captivity when that day came, the hybrids would stumble alone into the pod chamber, potentially easy targets depending on their condition. Waiting was one of the safest things Khivar could do.

"Time would be irrelevant," Jaddo told Ramey, "as long as you are doing their work for them by keeping me from returning home. They will wait and watch, and while they do so, this place and everyone in it will be a target. You may find yourself wishing you'd obeyed your earlier orders."

"I very much doubt that, Mr. Doe. I'm willing to hold you as long as I can do so with relative safety. We'll see how tonight goes. If it goes well, I am content to maintain this three way stand off, at least for the time being."

"And if it doesn't go well?"

"Then in that case," Ramey said heavily, "I'm sorry."

Meaning I’m dead. "General," Jaddo called as Ramey headed for the door, or rather where the door must be, given that there was no outline of a door in the white wall. "There's something you haven't told me."

"That being?"

"Why? Why risk your men, not to mention your own personal standing, to keep me alive?"

Ramey shrugged slightly. "Because I still think there's much to learn from you. Because I've seen too much in my lifetime to ever be comfortable with the notion of death for the sake of convenience. Because I'm a stubborn bastard. Any or all of the above. Take your pick."

He knocked on the wall, and a portion of it promptly slid aside, revealing a hallway identical to the one outside Jaddo's old room. "I'll be back one way or the other, Mr. Doe," Ramey said. "I always stand behind my decisions, including the ones I'm loathe to make. Perhaps especially the ones I'm loathe to make."

He left, the wall sliding closed behind him, and Jaddo sank back down on the bed, exhausted. Whichever way this went, he would lose—either Orlon would capture him and kill him, or he would remain captive here, and the x-rays that kept his people out would make no exception for Brivari, if he still lived. Truly solo captivity or death were the only choices; at this point, he was hard-pressed to say which would be worse.



******************************************************


2330 hours



"That's a problem," Marana remarked.

"They certainly threw that up fast," Amar muttered, staring at the hastily constructed narrow hallway which now marked the entrance to the human military compound where Jaddo was being held. The hour was late, the darkness punctuated only by the glaring lights on tall poles scattered around the base.

"Indeed," Orlon added dryly, glancing at Amar, "it almost looks like they know we're here."

Malik watched Amar scowl, but wisely remain silent. The feud between Amar and Orlon over exactly how the humans had learned of their presence the night before raged on, with Amar still insisting he had not blown their cover and Orlon still convinced that was the only explanation. Malik had carefully avoided the debate lest a stray remark trigger a revelation similar to the one Marana had had earlier. She had made no further mention of Malik being a possible leak, and he would like to keep it that way.

"There's little room to maneuver in there," Marana noted from their position directly opposite the entrance, where they had all gathered just as soon as everyone was sufficiently recovered to attempt infiltrating the compound again. "If we're discovered, we'll have a harder time getting out."

"So don't use the front door," Amar suggested. "Let's go in through the windows."

Marana sighed dramatically. "Let's review—the object of the game is to get inside the compound without the humans knowing about it. I'll grant I'm new here, but I don't believe humans enter and exit buildings through windows."

"Obviously we'd need to pick an empty room," Amar said irritably.

"There are no empty rooms," Orlon pointed out. "Malik's intelligence was very clear—there are guards in every ground floor room, this new entranceway has been completed, and a second back-up generator has been installed, not to mention the fact that every human in that building is on high alert. Our job is ten times harder this time."

"Thanks to you," Marana muttered to Amar.

"I tell you, I did not give us away!" Amar exclaimed angrily. Malik tuned him out as Amar continued to erupt, focusing his attention instead on the now completed front hallway to the human compound. They finished it, he noted with satisfaction. The door was closed, so he was unable to tell whether or not they'd managed to decode the cryptic message he'd given the human soldier earlier this afternoon, but no matter—the new hallway, combined with the extra generator and the increased surveillance all bespoke a commitment that likely would not have been made without a live alien to guard. Hopefully Jaddo still lived and Orlon would abandon attempts to reach him, at least for the time being, and instead pursue a much more difficult target—Brivari, who by now had no doubt holed up somewhere far from the human girl's house.

"Brivari gets in there," Amar was saying. "How does he do it?"

"Brivari can manipulate matter," Marana reminded him. "I'm afraid we don't have such talents at our disposal."

"And whose fault is that?" Amar asked coldly.

"What is that supposed to mean?" Marana glared.

"Only that it was bioscientists like you who gave the Warders their so-called 'talents' in the first place," Amar said. "Are you proud of yourself now?"

"How was I supposed to know it would ever come to this?" Marana retorted. "It really is too bad you ran when you did, Amar. I could have fixed at least a few of the many things wrong with you."

"Why don't you fix what's wrong now?" Amar snapped. "Make yourself useful and make an antidote to the sedative, something we can take that would block it."

"Oh sure," Marana said sarcastically. "I'd only need a lab like I have back home, a supply of the sedative, lots of volunteers, plenty of substances that don't exist here—I don't have those kinds of resources, Amar! They sent me with almost nothing because this wasn't supposed to be this hard! Obviously they didn't factor you into the equation."

"Enough!" Orlon ordered, cutting off Amar's angry reply. "We will proceed as we intended to last night—no last minute improvising," he added sternly to Amar, who sulked. "Wait until everyone is in position before taking down the generators. The few seconds of panic which will ensue will be crucial."

"You're going in?" Malik asked, trying to keep the dismay out of his voice. "Is that wise? It will be much more difficult—"

"And will only grow more difficult as time passes," Orlon interrupted. "Not to mention the fact that any human soldier sedated last night is likely still sedated. If we wait, they will have more men at their disposal."

"What is that?" Marana asked.

The door to the entrance hallway had opened, bright light spilling into the dark, the guards inside dots against the brightness. Human vision would be almost useless from this distance, but Covari vision could clearly pick out a device of some sort about two-thirds of the way down the hallway, flanked by guards on either side. As they watched, someone stepped on the device, stood there a moment, then proceeded inside.

"What is that?" Marana repeated. "Amar, do you know what that is?"

"How would I know?" Amar demanded. "Ask Malik; he's the one who fixes broken human junk."

Malik took his time answering, making a good show of looking carefully. "It looks like a shoe fitting device," he said after a minute, resisting the urge to jump up and cheer.

"A 'shoe-fitting device'?" Marana repeated blankly.

"Footwear," Amar translated. "Humans are so stupid they can't tell if their footwear fits without a machine."

"I repaired one once in Copper Summit," Malik said casually, ignoring Amar. "Most shoe stores have one. You step on the platform and look through the viewer, and you can see the bones of your foot inside the shoe. I believe it used something called 'x-rays'."

"X-rays," Marana whispered faintly.

"What are 'x-rays'?" Orlon asked.

"A very primitive imaging technology," she answered, "but—"

"Of course it's primitive," Amar interrupted. "What else would you expect from apes?"

"Primitive, but effective," Marana said. "They'll be able to identify us."

"How?" Orlon asked sharply.

"Our bone structure differs from that of a human....and our bone structure is something we can't hide. We can change our external appearance, but internally, we remain the same."

"So what?" Amar said. "So one of us gets on the shoe thingy while the rest of us slip inside in all the excitement."

"Look at all those guards," Marana said impatiently "Whoever 'gets on the shoe thingy' will wind up captured. Are you volunteering? I wouldn't object."

"I don’t believe this," Orlon whispered furiously, staring at the rectangle of light from the entrance hall's doorway. "He's so close—so close—and we can't reach him!"

"Now you know how I've felt for months," Amar said darkly, throwing caustic looks Marana's way.

"Are they likely to have more than one of these 'x-rays'?" Orlon asked Malik.

"Very likely," Malik answered, careful to keep the note of triumph of his voice. "Like I said, they're common. It's quite possible that we could get past that one only to run into more."

Silence. All watched as yet another human soldier stepped on the device, all guns pointed at him until he was allowed to step down. It was clear the humans were assuming virtually everyone was an alien until proven otherwise. It would be impossible to avoid all those tranquilizer darts, no matter how hard they tried. Malik eyed Orlon, watched him struggle to balance his desire for success with the knowledge that he couldn't afford to lose more of his team, not after having already lost one last night, and a hunter to boot.

"Then we must direct our efforts elsewhere," Orlon said heavily.

"You're giving up?" Amar demanded incredulously. "Because of some apes? Because—"

"Because there is no point in losing even one of us when Jaddo is going nowhere," Orlon said firmly. "And because we have another target. A much more valuable target."

Marana's eyebrows rose. "Brivari? But we have no idea where he is."

"I know where he is," Orlon said confidently. "He is here."

"Here?" Marana repeated. "Why would he be here? After your little chat with him last night, he knows he's badly outnumbered. It'd be suicide to come here. What makes you think he's here?"

"I know him," Orlon answered, "which is precisely why Khivar sent me in the first place. I know how he thinks. Brivari is here. I'm sure of it."

Here. Malik's eyes darted left and right in alarm, his carefully constructed plan falling to pieces. He'd never considered the possibility that Brivari might come here tonight. And if he was here, and all seven of them were unleashed at the same time....

"So how are we supposed to find him?" Marana asked, looking doubtfully around the dark military base. "There are hundreds of nooks and crannies where he could hide."

"Exactly," Orlon agreed. "So we must make him come to us."



******************************************************



Excellent.

Nestled in the crevice of a roof, Brivari watched with satisfaction as the band of Covari below began to spread out, stationing themselves individually at various points around the compound. He was far more likely to succeed in picking them off if they were alone. Certainly he wouldn't be able to manage all of them tonight, but any reduction in the enemy's numbers would be welcome. And if he was very lucky, he just might be able to take out another hunter, reducing their number to a still dangerous but more manageable two.

Silently, Brivari flew to the roof of the compound and looked down on the nearest Covari below. He would have to be swift; a telepathic cry would warn the others. Seconds from making his move, the Covari suddenly looked up at him...and smiled.

Smiled?

Too late he heard them, coming from behind, taking advantage of the momentary hesitation that smile had produced. He who hesitates is lost. The origin of that human proverb was lost to human history.

Unfortunately, that didn't affect how true it was.


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

I'll post Chapter 83 next Sunday. :)
User avatar
Island Breeze
Feedbacking Sci Fi King
Posts: 1791
Joined: Sat Jul 02, 2005 11:11 pm
Location: South Florida

Post by Island Breeze »

Chapter 72

That was a great chapter. (Has there been one that wasn't?) :roll: :lol They're all great! I love the way Cavitt was seething while being denied entrance to the Proctor's and Brazel's houses. David can certainly stand up for himself. :D

"Ah. I beg to differ, Mr. Proctor," Cavitt said. "I'm not at liberty to go into detail, but this may very well be an Army matter. I'm sure you won't mind if my men and I have a look around."

"Actually, I would," David said.

Cavitt's eyebrows rose. "Excuse me?"

"I'd prefer the local Sheriff lead the investigation," David said.

"I'd rather not wait," Cavitt replied.

"I'm afraid you'll have to," David said pleasantly.

"Perhaps I didn't make myself clear," Cavitt said, his voice remaining level as his eyes turned hard. "What I meant was, I won't wait."

"Apparently neither of us made ourselves clear, Major," David replied with an edge to his voice that hadn't been there before. "What I meant was, permission denied. You may not enter my house."
:lol Permission denied. That's all Cavitt understands, and I doubt he was believing he had heard that right. :lol

And Valenti wasn't faring any better, but he did set Cavitt back on his heels a bit:
"Sorry, Major," Valenti said, wondering what Cavitt thought the Brazel's had to do with all this. "You'll need either Mr. Brazel's permission or a warrant to search their property. So would I. And seeing as how the Brazel's house isn't the scene of the crime, Judge Hanson will want Sheriff Wilcox's report before he'll even consider issuing a warrant."
So that's one I'll give Valenti, though he did get rather insistant and pushy in the house later, true to his usual form.

And I loved it when Wilcox showed up!
"Do you really expect me to believe that a judge won't consider the word of a Major in the U.S. Army without first hearing a report from a two-bit county sheriff?" Cavitt demanded.

"Evening, gentlemen," drawled a voice behind them. "Don't mind me. I'm just a two-bit county sheriff, here to do my job."
:thumbsup

And on the alien side, the fight in the bathroom with "Johnson" was very well done! Though unexpected, to be sure! I loved the part where the eyes turned black saying to "back off." And Thompson! Poor Thompson must be trying to absorb all this and wondering if he's still in bed dreaming or something. :lol Spade's justifiably mad, but I hope he'll give him a break now, especially since he's got information on the missing man and is essentially working for a similar goal as Spade.

Silence. The alien stared at him gravely; Thompson's breathing sounded ragged. He wanted to know, Spade thought, suddenly guilty that he hadn't sent Thompson out of the room. Spade had wanted to break all this to him gently, and instead he'd been deluged with alien names, alien politics, and alien conspiracies, all in just a few minutes.

:thumbsup :heart :D
- - - -
Gerry
- - - -
Hopeless Candy-Coated, Stargazing, Dreamer!
- - - -
Image

Image
User avatar
Kathy W 2200
Fan Fic Fanatic
Posts: 602
Joined: Mon Jun 06, 2005 11:51 am

Post by Kathy W 2200 »

Island Breeze wrote: David can certainly stand up for himself. :D
You know, I always think of Dee having gotten her unwillingness to suffer fools gladly from her mother. But come to think of it, she gets it from both parents. ;)
I loved the part where the eyes turned black saying to "back off."
*Bows to Roswell's writers/directors/whoever* That was lifted shamelessly from Isabel's eyes turning black in "Interruptus". :mrgreen: I loved that too....so creepy!




CHAPTER EIGHTY-THREE


December 15, 1947, 0930 hours

Eagle Rock Military Base





Lieutenant Spade paused outside the infirmary door, steeling himself against what he knew was going to happen. One more task....just one more distasteful task before he could fall over face first from exhaustion. The entire compound had spent the night on pins and needles, anxiously clutching their flashlights and anticipating another alien attack that had never come. Spade had worked off his nervous energy prowling the corridors, checking and rechecking both generators, feeling every single minute of the long, dark night as it passed. But no one had come; as far as he knew, no one had even tried, and the rising sun had brought with it a huge sense of relief. It appeared their alien informant had once again succeeded in producing a stalemate, and for once, Spade didn't begrudge him that. Had he failed, John would be well on his way to a long and painful death.

"Morning, Corporal," Spade said to Brisson as he walked into the infirmary, finally deciding to take the plunge and just get this over with.

Brisson looked up briefly from a clipboard on which he was busily scribbling notes. "You look like hell, Lieutenant."

"You're not exactly a thing of beauty yourself," Spade answered dryly. "Did you get any sleep last night?"

"You're kidding, right?"

"Just asking," Spade said. "So...I hear he's awake."

"You bet."

"How is he?"

"Back to his old self, if you know what I mean," Brisson answered.

Spade sighed. Unfortunately, he knew exactly what Brisson meant. "Okay. Wish me luck?"

"I would if I thought it would do any good," Brisson answered with a straight face. "By the way...what's this I hear about some showdown between Ramey and Lewis yesterday?"

"What showdown?" Spade asked innocently.

Brisson eyebrows rose. "C'mon, Lieutenant. Pierce isn't talking, and I haven't heard many details because the rumor mill wasn't operating at full capacity yesterday for obvious reasons. But word still leaked, and the word is you were there. Think of this as an opportunity to put out the story you want everyone else to hear."

"Ramey and Lewis had a tussle," Spade confirmed. "It's over now. Business as usual."

"I wonder why Pierce has clammed up, especially since Lewis was involved," Brisson said. "I think he hates Lewis more than he hates Cavitt."

"Could be," Spade agreed. "But Pierce wouldn't have been much help."

"Why not?"

"Because Pierce will never side with anyone who's not in power."

Brisson's eyes widened, but he didn't ask for further details. Which was just as well, because Spade couldn't give any. Ramey had forcefully driven home the point that the less said, the better. He'd won for the moment, but Washington was seething and his position still precarious.

"Guess I'd have to agree with you on that one," Brisson allowed. "Pierce didn't even have any favors he could call in; he used all of those up yesterday morning."

"On what?"

Brisson blinked, and his expression became guarded. "I...he didn't say. He just mentioned he'd called in a bunch of favors. Good luck with your chat, Lieutenant. I'll be over here in case you need medical help."

Very funny, Spade thought, wondering what favors Pierce had been calling in at such a rate that he had none left. He didn't believe for a minute that Brisson didn't know, but that was all right. They were both keeping secrets, just for different officers.

Reluctantly, Spade wound his way to the end of the long row of beds which held still-sedated soldiers, where a lone soldier was awake and pulling on his boots. Walker looked none the worse for wear, with the only evidence of his alien confrontation being a lump on the back of his head, visible through his crew cut. "Good morning, Private," Spade said.

Walker's eyes flicked up. "Sir," he said with a curt nod.

"How's the head?"

"Fine."

"Need any help?"

"No."

"Looking forward to having you back," Spade said. "We're awfully shorthanded at the moment, and—"

"Permission to speak freely, sir," Walker interrupted.

Spade smiled faintly. "Is there ever a time when you don't speak freely? Although I suppose I should find it encouraging that you actually asked this time. All right," he sighed as Walker glared at him. "Permission granted."

"I know why you're here," Walker announced. "What I'd like to know is if you're going to admit why you're here."

"I'm here for two reasons," Spade said levelly. "The first is that you're one of my men, you were injured, and I'm interested in how you're doing."

"Horseshit," Walker said angrily. "You don't give a damn about how I'm doing. No one does. Every single one of you is disappointed that it was Treyborn and not me who got his neck snapped."

"Aren't you curious as to what the second reason is?" Spade asked.

Walker scowled at him but remained silent, grabbing his shirt and punching his arms into the sleeves.

"The second reason," Spade said, not waiting for an invitation, "is that I'd like to ask you something about what happened last night."

"I've already been debriefed," Walker said shortly. "Read the report."

"I did. What I want to know is something you didn't put in the report."

"You calling me a liar?"

"Did you see the dog last night, Walker?" Spade asked, getting right to the point.

Walker paused in his buttoning, his eyes locked on Spade's. "The dog?"

"Yes, the dog. The one all of you let in and played with for months before anyone found it. That dog."

"Did you see anything in my report about the dog?"

"No."

"Then I didn't see the dog," Walker said testily.

"I think you did."

Walker stepped closer. "You are calling me a liar!"

Spade looked him right in the eye, once again weighing the decision he'd made last night during those lonely marches down hallways. His attempts to warn the brass about the identity of the dog without hanging himself had been unsuccessful, and at this point, that largely didn't matter: the x-ray machines were everywhere, and no one would be taking in pets after everything that had happened. But if the alien who had taken Walker's shape had used the "dog" to overpower him, then Walker deserved to know the truth, even if the truth sent him into orbit. "Here's the thing," Spade said, lowering his voice. "I know Pierce doesn't agree with me, but....I think the dog was an alien."

Walker stared at him in disbelief. "Say what?"

"The first alien that got in here last night chose you, Walker," Spade said. "It took your shape, acted just like you, and made it through a security checkpoint answering your security questions. It knew the layout of the compound and where the generator was. It knew you, Walker....it knew too much. And I think that's because the dog was an alien. Now—did you see the dog last night?"

Walker's eyes narrowed. "You got any proof of this, sir?"

"Sure. Tell me if you saw the dog last night before you got knocked out."

Walker said nothing, his eyes burning holes in Spade. "Look," Spade said, "you need to let someone know if you see that dog again. The alien already used you once—it may very well try the same stunt a second time. Maybe you could help us catch it. You'd like to catch it, wouldn't you?"

Spade waited while a number of emotions marched across Walker's face, wondering which would win: His legendary hatred of aliens, or humiliation that the pet he'd played with, protected, and fed was really what he hated most. The answer wasn't long in coming.

"You think this is my fault, don't you?" Walker hissed, his face contorting with rage. "That's what this is all about! You're trying to blame this on me! Now it's my fault they got inside! It's my fault they knew where to go! It's my fault Treyborn's dead!"

"Walker—"

"Let me tell you something, Lieutenant," Walker said acidly. "That dog was the best thing that ever happened to us. If you ask me, all the time and money we spend taking care of that monster would be better spent taking care of any dog, anywhere."

"Can I take this to mean you saw it?" Spade asked.

"No," Walker retorted. "And that dog was no alien. And if you think it was, you're every bit as nuts as that moron Treyborn."

"I'll be sure and convey your kind condolences to his grieving family," Spade said softly.

Walker stared at him a moment before snatching his jacket off the bed. "Go to hell....sir."

Walker pushed past him, stalking out of the infirmary, shoving past Corporal Brisson who stepped hastily out of the way. "That went well," Brisson deadpanned.

"Yeah," Spade sighed. "Just great."

"You're his superior," Brisson said. "Why did you let him talk to you that way?"

Spade shrugged. "I don't know. Guilt, maybe?"

"Over what?"

Spade looked around, making certain no one was within earshot. "He's right," he said quietly, so quietly that Brisson had to lean in closer to hear. "If someone had to die....I would rather it had been him than Treyborn."



******************************************************



Franklin Delano Roosevelt School



"All right, class, what do we call the number 580 in the example on the blackboard?" Mr. Peter asked.

"The dividend," chanted the fourth graders.

"And what do we call the number 20? Miss Proctor?"

Startled, Dee jolted out of her daydream, having heard her name but not the question. Her gaze swept the room, taking in Mr. Peter's expectant stare and her classmates glances which ranged from sympathetic, to amused, to eagerly looking forward to trouble, that last belonging to Ernie Hutton. Then her eyes fell on Anthony, who was helpfully mouthing the answer behind his arithmetic workbook.

"The divisor," Dee answered, hoping she sounded confident instead of confused.

"Very good," Mr. Peter said approvingly. "For a moment there, I thought I'd lost you."

You did, Dee thought restlessly, tuning out once more as Mr. Peter droned on about how to divide 20 into 580. How could she be expected to have any interest in school after all the goings on this past weekend? Even Christmas had paled by comparison. And that was before the bomb her father had dropped that morning at breakfast before she'd left for school.

"Deputy Valenti stopped by last night," her father had announced casually.

Her mouth full of Cornflakes, Dee had stopped chewing and stared first at her father, who was serenely stirring his coffee, and then at her mother, who was a little too busy making toast. "What?" she asked, milk dripping down her chin.

"Don't talk with your mouth full," her father had admonished.

She'd swallowed the mouthful without bothering to finish chewing. "He was here? Again? Why? What did he say? Did he tell on us?"

Her parents had exchanged a set of parental glances. "No," David answered. "He came to tell me that he had decided not to."

Dee's eyes had narrowed. "Why?"

"He just said he thought it would be better for everyone if he didn't," David had replied evasively.

"No," Dee had protested, shaking her head firmly. "He would have needed a reason. A good reason. A really good reason. I know him."

"You do?" her mother had asked, turning around. "How?"

Dee had hastily stuffed another spoonful of Cornflakes into her mouth to excuse herself from answering and shrugged her shoulders; her mother had stared at her strangely for a moment before returning to her toast. Thank goodness. She couldn't exactly tell her parents that she'd had several clandestine chats with Valenti before Anthony had put a stop to it.

"Deputy Valenti got in a bit of trouble," her father had answered carefully, ignoring a warning look from her mother, "and that convinced him to stay quiet."

"What kind of trouble?" Dee had asked.

"That doesn't matter," her father had answered. "The point is that he realized that telling what he saw Saturday night was not a good idea, not for us and not for him. I wanted you to know before you left today that we don't have to worry about that anymore." He'd pushed his chair away from the table and stood up. "I need to get going," he said, kissing the top of Dee's head as she continued crunching. "Have a good day at school, honey."

Swallowing fast in order to say goodbye and hopefully squeeze in one more question, Dee forgot all about that when she saw her parents embrace and kiss each other goodbye. Last night when she'd gone to bed, her mother was still plenty mad, mad enough that she'd come to say goodnight separately from her father. Could Valenti's visit alone have been enough to melt the iceberg that had been her mother, or had something else happened last night that her parents weren't telling her about? Might as well add that to the ever-growing list of questions, such as why Valenti had come to their house in the first place, where Brivari was, and what would happen to him now that people were hunting him.

And where Anthony was yesterday, Dee added silently, looking across the classroom at Anthony, whose nose was only inches off his workbook as he copied down what was on the board. He'd gotten to school late, so she hadn't had a chance to ask him yet. Perhaps if she could solve one of the riddles surrounding this weekend, she'd be able to settle down at least a little bit.

"How many times does 20 go into 58?" Mr. Peter was asking.

"Two times," Dee chanted along with everyone else as she fished a piece of scrap paper out of her desk, scribbled one sentence, folded it carefully, wrote Anthony's name on the front, and passed it across the aisle when Mr. Peter's back was turned.

"And what is 2 x 20?"

"Forty," Dee answered in unison, watching her note make its way across the classroom.

"And 58 minus 40 is what?"

Scribbling sounds. "Eighteen," Mary Laura announced importantly.

"Very good," Mr. Peter said. "Now...."

Dee didn't hear the rest because her note was on the way back. She waited impatiently until it was slipped into her hand and unfolded it under the shelter of her workbook. Beneath her Where were you yesterday? was a single word: Out.

"Out"? That was it? Just "out"? Granted, one had to be careful when one passed notes. Notes were always read by at least one person through whose hands they passed, and one person was all it took—your business would be everyone else's by either lunchtime or dismissal, whichever came next. But there were ways to get one's point across without giving away too much.

Guess what? Dee scribbled underneath the word "out", taking a different tack. V came over last night. He got in some kind of trouble, and didn't tell.

"How many times does 20 go into 180?" Mr. Peter was asking, writing on the blackboard as Dee sent her note back the way it had come. "Nine times," she dutifully answered, watching her note make slower progress this time as those who read it puzzled over who "V" was.

Mr. Peter finished dividing 20 into 580 and moved on to dividing 40 into 840. Then he went on to dividing 50 into 2100. By the time he had progressed to dividing 35 into 850, Dee wasn't paying the slightest bit of attention....and neither was Anthony. He was staring at the scrap of paper hidden beneath his workbook, biting his lip, clearly torn. Several times his pencil hovered over the paper, only to pull back again. What was taking so long? Valenti not telling should be good news, not troublesome news. She was practically tearing her hair out when Anthony finally wrote a brief answer and sent the note back. So eager was she to see what had had him deliberating for so long that she threw caution to the winds and opened the note without waiting for Mr. Peter to turn around. Two words greeted her.

I know.

Dee blinked, trying to make sense of that. He knew? He knew what? He knew Valenti had been over? He knew Valenti had gotten in trouble? He knew Valenti hadn't told? How? She glanced over at Anthony, who had his nose once again buried in his workbook before writing What do you mean? and sending the note back.

Meet me after school in the usual place, came the response a minute later.

"So 35 goes into 85 twice, making 70, which taken away from 85 leaves 15, and then you bring the zero down to make 150," Mr. Peter was saying. "How many times does 35 go into 150?"

Dee sighed and began scratching out multiplication problems. Here she'd wanted to settle one mystery, and she'd only found another.



******************************************************


Corona, New Mexico



Mac Brazel shifted his truck into park and threw a sidelong glance at his passenger before turning off the engine. "You sure you want to do this?" he asked.

Sitting in the passenger seat, her hands gripping the box in her lap so hard that she was denting the cardboard, Emily shook her head. "Of course I don't want to do this."

"You don’t?"

"No. I have to do this. There's a difference."

Mac nodded soberly. "Okay." He opened the door, pausing halfway out. "You sure you don't want David to handle this?"

Now that I'm sure of, Emily thought silently. The ice may be melting, but this remained a sore subject. "I'm sure. I want you to do it. You did offer," she added.

"I know," Mac said quickly. "And I meant it. Just checking." He slid out of the cab. "Let's go."

Emily climbed out of the truck, the box tucked tightly under one arm. The air was brisk today, and she pulled the collar of her coat closer as they walked a ways from the truck into the open field. "All right. Let's see it," Mac said.

Wordlessly, Emily set the box on the ground, removed the lid, and reached inside. It was heavy just like it had been last night, the metal even colder in her hands. Turning it around, she handed it to Mac handle first like David had shown her.

"Very good," Mac said approvingly. He flipped the chamber open, rolled the barrel between his fingers, turned it this way and that the way women did when they bought shoes. "Do you know how to load it?" he asked.

"I....I think so."

"Then go ahead."

Her hands shaking, Emily knelt on one knee beside the box and fed the bullets one by one into their respective chambers, clicking the barrel shut just like she had the night before. The gun was heavier now, as if to emphasize the weight of what she held in her hands. When she stood up, Mac was holding two pairs of earmuffs.

"What are those for?"

"Don't know how loud these things are, do you?" Mac chuckled as he slipped one pair around his neck.

"Like hell I don't," Emily muttered, remembering how the gunshots had sounded plain as day despite the fact that she was two floors above them in the attic.

"This is different. It's a lot louder when it's this close to your ears. Just put'em around your neck for the moment, or else you won't hear the instructions."

Feeling like a fool, Emily obediently slipped the earmuffs around her neck as Mac held out the loaded gun, handle first. "Now...stand with your feet at least a foot apart, hold the gun with both hands, and—"

"A foot apart? Why?"

"Because it's gonna kick like a mule, that's why," Mac said. "Bullet goes out, gun goes back—it's called 'recoil', and it can knock you off your feet if you're not ready for it, especially when you're just learning. Best to brace yourself."

That's all I've done lately—brace myself, Emily thought wearily as she shifted her feet sideways. "Good," Mac said approvingly. "Now...both hands on the gun....index finger on the trigger....you're going to point it at the target out there...don't fret about aiming too much, that comes later....you're just going to get used to what it feels like to fire it before we start worrying about bull's-eyes. Any questions? No? Put the muffs on."

Despite the chill, Emily's hands began to sweat as she raised the gun, which felt very heavy indeed now that it was at the end of the reach of her arms, her right index finger wrapped around the trigger. This is what James did, she thought, wishing her heart would stop beating so fast. This is what he'd done right before he'd died. This is what her husband had done a thousand times overseas in order to stay alive. This is what she would have done last night if it had come to that.

"Okay...easy does it now," Mac coaxed. "You're going to look at the target and slowly squeeze the trigger. That's right. Just...Emily?"

"What?" Emily said in alarm, having been just about to pull the trigger.

"You have to keep your eyes open. I know it's a reflex but....well, you have to look at something in order to shoot it."

Maybe that's a good thing, Emily thought, embarrassed that she hadn't even realized she was aiming a loaded gun with her eyes screwed shut. Maybe this was God's way of saying you should look before you shoot, of making you think before you made a mistake. Maybe if James had looked in a mirror as he'd put the gun in his mouth, he wouldn't have pulled the trigger.

"If it helps," Mac said gently, "imagine that target is something you'd be willing to shoot. Like a wild animal, or a mad dog."

Good idea. The gun hovered in her line of vision, the target visible just beyond it, mentally transforming into.....

Bam!

The gun kicked back hard, the jolt running all the way up both arms to her shoulders. A thin ribbon of vapor wafted from the barrel as she slowly lowered the gun.

"Jesus," Mac said faintly, giving her a wary look. "You nailed it right in the middle! What were you thinking of? An alien?"

"No," Emily said, easing the gun out of her cramped fingers. "A human." She shook her hand out, took hold of the gun again, and raised it toward the target. "Again?"



******************************************************



1230 hours

Eagle Rock Military Base





Yvonne sighed as she pushed the food around on her plate, her head leaning on one hand. She hadn't had much of anything to eat in over twenty-four hours; she should be starving, but she wasn't. The mere thought of swallowing anything made her empty stomach turn.

*You are very quiet.*

Yvonne raised her eyes to find John staring at her steadily. He hadn't eaten much himself, but that was only to be expected as he was still recovering from the effects of the tranquilizer. *I'm tired,* she answered, grateful that her newfound ability to speak telepathically freed her from the exertion of moving her mouth. *That's all.*

Make that exhausted, she amended silently, wanting nothing more than to put her head down on the table and close her eyes. She'd been running so fast yesterday what with locating the x-rays and training men to use them that she hadn't realized how exhausted she'd become. And then had come a tense night while everyone waited for the other alien shoe to drop, a night where everyone had found it impossible to sleep more than few minutes at a time, and Yvonne had found herself with plenty of time to ruminate on things best left alone. Like the fact that the lights could go out at any moment, the flashlight she'd clutched in her hand all night providing no comfort. Like the horrifying conversation she'd had with Stephen about how very close Ramey had come to losing control. Like whether or not Brivari had managed to survive.

*This is more than mere fatigue,* John noted, eyeing her carefully.

Yvonne's eyes flicked up in annoyance. John had learned to read her moods every bit as well as she could read his. *I hate this room,* she replied, a true statement even if it wasn't a direct answer to his question. *It's cold, sterile, and nasty.*

*Prison cells usually are,* John remarked. *Besides, I detect no difference in the ambient temperature of this room versus the former room.*

*I wasn't talking about the actual temperature,* Yvonne said. *It just looks cold. And it's small, the toilet is right out in the open, microphones record everything we say, and people are staring at you around the clock.*

*People stared at me almost around the clock in the old room,* John noted, *no one can hear anything we're 'saying', and the waste receptacle's location will bother your people far more than it will ever bother me.* He sighed and pushed his plate away, half of his food uneaten. *When one is imprisoned, one cell is very much like another. And this particular cell does come with certain advantages. I rather like not being able to see my observers; there are times I can almost forget they're there. And I am glad the guards no longer see the need to follow you in here. That, along with your ability to speak telepathically, means we have a level of privacy we've never had before.*

Yvonne was silent, still picking at her food. She'd never thought of it that way before. It was nice not having the guards in here; the observation room was now so close that their presence was no longer considered necessary. The room looked somewhat less sterile now that Ramey had allowed John's furniture to be moved over. And perhaps it would be nice not seeing faces pressed to a window above one's head. Perhaps this looked different from John's perspective.

*And then there is the most important advantage of all,* John continued. *The irony that this place, regardless of which room I am housed in, has become my refuge.*

Yvonne nodded slowly. *Did General Ramey come to see you before he left?*

*Yes. He said he is willing to support my presence here as long as my people continue to keep their distance. He also told me he needs something specific to bolster his position, some intelligence or technology which your people can use as opposed to blinking lights on an incomprehensible console.*

*Are you going to give it to him?*

*Of course. Your General is all that stands between me and execution.*

You have no idea, Yvonne thought, her stomach churning once again as she recalled Stephen's graphic description of what Lewis had planned for John. A "living autopsy"; just the thought was enough to put her off food for a week. *So what about your people?* she asked. *Do you think they're still out there?*

*Undoubtedly.*

*But where? What will they do if they can't get in here?*

*Your General asked me that. I told him they would wait—which is true, as far as that goes. But you I can give a straight answer. They have two targets. They will begin with the target which is easier to reach.*

Yvonne paled. *Brivari?*

*Exactly. Brivari has now become the more attractive target. They will pursue him while watching for an opening here.*

Wonderful, Yvonne thought wearily. Here she'd thought she was saving John with the x-ray machines, and all she'd really been doing was redirecting the threat. *So what will he do? God knows he can't come back here. I made sure of that,* she added ruefully.

John's eyebrows rose. *Is that what's bothering you?*

*How could it not bother me?* Yvonne exclaimed, pushing her plate away in frustration. *I never thought they'd put one of those x-rays right outside your room! The front door, of course, and the basement stairs, but not right outside your room. Brivari can't get back in here, and it's my fault!*

*It would not be safe for Brivari to return here in any case,* John said. *This is the first place they will look for him. Even without your 'x-ray', he could not risk returning until he has managed to eliminate our enemies.*

*You expect him to 'eliminate' seven people?* Yvonne asked skeptically. *Or six, if the informant is really on your side.*

*Doubtful. More likely he is on his own side. Regardless, Brivari will try to eliminate them one by one until they are gone.*

*That could take years,* Yvonne said despondently.

*We have time,* John replied.

For just a moment, an image appeared in Yvonne's mind, the image of tiny human-appearing fetuses floating in alien sacs. Had she seen correctly? Were the fetuses human? But how could they be if they were clones of alien royalty? She must have gotten that wrong, no big surprise given her level of agitation at the time and her surprise at having that "connection" forced on her. At any rate, they'd told her those babies would take about twenty years to grow to maturity, so Brivari and John did indeed have time, even if captivity and running from enemies were a hell of a way to spend it.

*What about the hunters?* Yvonne asked. *There are still three left.*

*He will need to find sufficient cover so that the hunters cannot easily see him,* John answered.

*Like where?*

John looked down at his uneaten food. *I don't know.*



******************************************************


Mescalero Indian Reservation



"C'mon, will you?" Jimmy called in exasperation as he and Joe paused for what seemed like the hundredth time. Behind them, Billy puffed and panted, crashing through the underbrush with enough noise to wake the ancestors. So much for stealth.

"Be quiet," Joe added as Billy ever so slowly grew closer. "The whole point of coming all the way out here was so that no one would find us, remember?"

"Do you want me to hurry up or be quiet?" Billy said petulantly, stopping, leaning forward with his hands on his knees as he struggled for breath. "Seems like the point of coming out here was to kill me!"

"Let's just go," Jimmy said to Joe in disgust. "He'll catch up eventually. At this rate, we'll have to go home before we get a chance to smoke anything."

"No, wait!" Billy called frantically as Joe nodded and the two set off, leaving their portly friend behind. "I'll speed up, I promise. Just wait...guys! Guys!"

Ignoring him, Jimmy and Joe set off through the woods at their own pace, a good deal faster than Billy's. It was mid-afternoon, but the tree cover made it surprisingly dark in the forest and a good deal colder than it was in the village. Jimmy pulled his jacket collar tighter around his neck as he led Joe deeper into the forest, their feet making no sound as their grandfathers had taught them. Minutes later they emerged into a clearing, and Jimmy halted.

"There it is," he breathed, staring straight ahead. "Isn't it perfect?"

Joe peered into the clearing over Jimmy's shoulder. Sunlight filtering through the trees dappled the ground, and he could see a dark blot in the side of the hill ahead. "Is that the entrance?" he asked.

Jimmy grinned. "Yep. C'mon."

The two boys crossed the clearing quietly, eyes darting left and right as though expecting something to spring out of the forest. But all was calm when they reached the opening of the cave and peered inside. It was a relatively small opening, just big enough to allow one to stand upright, and easily hidden. That last was the key advantage.

"Did you check it out?" Joe asked nervously. "Anything living in there?"

"Of course I checked it out," Jimmy said. "Nothing's used this cave for ages. And you know what's better? No one knows about it. I asked around, and no one seemed to have found it. It's all ours."

Joe's eyes shone. "Excellent! Break out the—"

"There you are!" called a voice behind them. Jimmy and Joe turned to see Billy heave into the clearing behind them, his breath coming in gasps, his considerable bulk weaving slightly from exertion. "Just leave me out there by myself, why don't you?" he said peevishly. "Don't wait or nothin'."

"I can see why your grandmother named you 'Dasodaha'," Jimmy said sarcastically. " 'He only sits there', is a fitting name for you."

"My name is 'Billy'," Billy said irritably, leaning against a tree to catch his breath. "Nobody uses Indian names any more. It's not modern."

"Might not be modern, but yours sure fits," Joe commented, as Jimmy laughed and Billy scowled. "You should exercise more, Dasodaha. Maybe then you could walk a few steps without sucking all the oxygen out of the forest."

"Yeah, the trees are bending over 'cos they're dying," Jimmy cracked.

"Funny," Billy said darkly. He was breathing easier now, and he peered around the edge of the cave opening. "Is this it?"

"Looks like it, doesn't it?" Jimmy asked. "We'd better start before it's time to go back."

The three boys assembled a short way inside the cave opening by silent mutual consensus, none of them wanting to go too far inside. A pack of cigarettes was produced, and gasps of surprise followed the appearance of a shiny gold lighter.

"Where'd you get that?" Joe asked admiringly, snatching the lighter away from Jimmy, who promptly snatched it back.

"Looks like your Indian name fits too, Daklugie," Billy chuckled, pulling a cigarette out of the box.

"Does not," Joe retorted, his face flushing, knowing full well that "Daklugie" meant "grabber". "Gimme one of those ciggies."

"See what I mean?" Billy said as Joe snatched the pack of cigarettes away from him.

Jimmy ignored them both, holding up the lighter flame so everyone could light his cigarette. "A white man left this at my aunt's jewelry cart," he said, snapping the lighter closed after all the cigarettes were lit. "I snuck it out of the house right under my father's nose."

Billy paled. "You better hope he doesn't find out. He'll know what you're up to."

"We all better hope no one finds out," Joe added, taking a long draw on his cigarette.

"Who's gonna find us out here?" Jimmy asked, gesturing into the darkness of the empty cave. "We're completely safe. We'll leave the cigarettes and the lighter here so they can't catch us with them."

"What about the smoke smell on our clothes?" Billy asked worriedly.

"Most of the men in the village smell like smoke," Jimmy said dismissively. "Which is why it's just plain nuts that they won't let us smoke. Anyone would think we're four year-olds instead of twelve year-olds."

Heads bobbed in agreement, and several minutes passed with no sound other than that of contented inhalation and exhalation, plumes of smoke hanging in the air like ghosts. Then a faint noise came from further back in the cave.

Three heads swung around, first toward the darkness, then toward each other. "Did you hear that?" Billy whispered.

"Yeah. But it was nothing," Jimmy said. "I checked this place out. Nothing's living in here."

More smoking. A minute later the sound came again, a bit clearer this time.

"It's nothing, I tell you," Jimmy insisted as Billy's eyes widened, and even Joe looked spooked. "Probably a squirrel that wandered in, or something like that."

Everyone returned to their cigarettes, but they were distracted now, every ear straining to pick up the slightest sound. They didn't have long to wait. The sound came again, much clearer this time....and much closer. A low, soft moan only a short ways into the cave.

"Guys?" Billy whispered, staring into the darkness. "That's no squirrel."



*************************************************************

Only 2 more chapters, and then we jump ahead six months! I'll post Chapter 84 next Sunday. :)
User avatar
Kathy W 2200
Fan Fic Fanatic
Posts: 602
Joined: Mon Jun 06, 2005 11:51 am

Post by Kathy W 2200 »

Hello to everyone reading! :)



CHAPTER EIGHTY-FOUR


December 15, 1947, 4:45 p.m.

Mescalero Indian Reservation





"What is it?" Billy whispered, rising to his feet, his voice quavering as the moan sounded again only a few yards away. "Is it a bear? Or a ghost?"

"That ain't no bear," Jimmy said in disgust. "Bears don't moan, they growl. And ghosts rattle chains and try to scare you. I say this is our cave, and we should check it out," he said stoutly, looking at Joe and finding shaky support at best.

Billy blanched and backed up toward the entrance. "I ain't going back there," he said, shaking his head vigorously. "No way. Not me. I'll just....I'll just stay here and guard the entrance. So....whatever it is doesn't escape," he clarified.

"Okay, 'He only sits there'," Jimmy said derisively. "Just sit there while Joe and I take care of it. It's what you do best."

Billy colored but didn't budge as Jimmy and Joe advanced slowly into the cave, Joe appearing considerably less certain than Jimmy. They'd walked about five yards before they heard the moan again....from right at their feet.

"What is that?" Joe gasped, having leaped backwards in terror. His eyes had adjusted somewhat to the gloom, and now he could see a dark shape curled in the middle of the cave floor.

"I think....I think it's a man," Jimmy said, squinting.

"A man?" Billy called hopefully, taking a couple of steps into the cave. "Are you sure?"

"Back up!" Jimmy ordered. "You're so fat, you're blocking all the light from outside!"

Abashed, Billy retreated, and Jimmy carefully walked around the dark shape, putting it between himself and cave opening, their only source of light. "It is a man," he confirmed a moment later. "And he's in bad shape."

Slowly, Joe and Billy came closer, bending over to see better. The man was curled in a fetal position, his eyes closed. "He's breathing," Jimmy reported. "I don't think he's bleeding, but it's hard to tell in the dark. I—"

Suddenly one of the man's hands opened and something fell out. Afternoon sunshine which had found its way inside glinted on whatever it was, a swirl of colors. Jimmy froze, then bent slowly to retrieve the object, holding it up to the light, his mouth open.

"Oh my God....."

Suddenly Jimmy dropped the object and fled, his feet pounding on the hard dirt. "Where's he going?" Billy demanded, beginning to follow him. But a hand shot out and caught his arm, and he turned in panic, thinking it was the man on the ground.

It wasn't. Joe had a death grip on Billy's arm with one hand, while the other held whatever Jimmy had just dropped. "We need to stay here," Joe said intently, clutching what Billy could now see was a necklace. "We can't let him get away."

"Why? What's going on?" Billy asked as he shook loose of Joe's hand.

Joe held out the necklace. "I recognize this. It belongs to Bright Sun."

"Jimmy's sister?" Billy asked in astonishment. "Why would this man have Bright Sun's necklace?"

Joe shook his head. "I don't know."



******************************************************


Eagle Rock Military Base




*Did you find him?* Orlon asked.

*No,* Malik answered. *Did anyone else?*

Orlon shook his head, and Malik kept his expression neutral as he slipped into a seat opposite Orlon in the eating area of the human military base. Human soldiers milled around them on all sides, oblivious to the two aliens in their midst wearing human faces. Orlon had stayed behind in case Brivari doubled back, something Malik found unlikely. Yet he'd also found it unlikely that Brivari would dare approach the base last night, so he had returned with trepidation, fearing he'd been wrong again.

*Another failure,* Orlon sighed. *Were I not intimately acquainted with our quarry, I would think us incompetent. But this is Brivari we're talking about, and him, I know. He has slipped through my fingers again, and on yet another planet.*

He almost didn't, Malik thought silently, remembering how terrified he'd been last night as he'd watched Brivari heading for the trap Orlon had laid for him, forced to hang back as ordered and let the hunters move in first. And move in they had, with Brivari realizing too late exactly what he'd walked into. Make that almost too late; the chase had been long with many close calls, but in the end, Brivari had managed to vanish. After fruitless hours of searching, everyone had returned to the base for further instruction, and Orlon had had them fan out over a wider area, with no better success. Brivari was gone, and everyone knew that.

*What about that other matter I asked you to look into?* Orlon asked.

*It was just as I suspected,* Malik answered. *The shoe fitting machines are missing from several shoe stores I checked, and every store owner told the same story—the human military took them. They must have at least half a dozen by now, and more on the way.*

*That would explain why the compound has been reopened,* Orlon replied. *The humans' leader must be very confident indeed to allow his people outside so soon after our incursion.* He shook his head in consternation, glancing at the humans around them. *Being thwarted by Brivari was not unexpected, but being thwarted by humans? That I did not expect. I fear Amar is mistaken—they're a remarkably clever lot, given their low level of development. I would have thought they'd have left Jaddo outside the front door for us rather than risk their own lives to hold him.*

*Amar has always underestimated them, usually to his detriment—and ours, as happened last night,* Malik added, still fueling the notion that Amar was to blame for the humans' unusual level of preparedness. *They may not be as advanced as we are, but they are endlessly resourceful and surprisingly stubborn.*

Orlon sat back on his bench and studied him for a moment. *You like the humans, don't you Malik?*

*Meaning?* Malik asked warily.

*Amar is of the opinion that you have become too close to them over the years,* Orlon continued. *Much too close.*

*Amar does not understand the concept of blending in,* Malik said levelly. *What he takes as being 'too close' has served us well on several occasions.*

*He seems to have 'blended in' well enough that he infiltrated the human compound,* Orlon observed. *And was it really necessary to have all those human children in your dwelling in order to 'blend in'? What tactical advantage do they offer?*

*Consorting with your neighbors is an expected human custom,* Malik answered, *and blending in is a tactical advantage.*

Orlon smiled slightly. *Amar tells me that you are quite taken with the way you have been accepted by the humans around your dwelling, by the way they treat you as a friend and confidante. You do know, don't you, that that would not be the case were they to learn of your true nature?*

*Then how do you explain Brivari's human allies who managed to take down a hunter, or Jaddo's allies in the compound who clearly know what he is?*

*Do you really think the warders have told their human allies the truth?* Orlon asked. *About why Antar targeted this planet years ago and what we did when we got here? Even if your 'neighbors' would accept that you are a shapeshifter from across the galaxy, how do you think they would react if they learned the initial reason for your presence here?*

When Malik said nothing, Orlon leaned in closer. *I understand the attraction of being accepted, Malik, of the notion that, someday, our ability to change our shapes will mean nothing to those around us, that we will no longer be viewed with distrust and fear. This is the dream Brivari sold our people when he backed Riall's bid for the throne, convincing them that the so-called 'benefits' Riall offered would actually change peoples' minds. It was a hollow dream then, and it still is. No solid species will ever accept us, not home, not here....not anywhere. We will never find acceptance, so if we wish to improve our lot, we must instead reach for dominance.*

Dominance? What did that mean? Dominance where? Dominance over whom? For a moment, Malik almost forgot how very close Orlon was straying to the truth about his own feelings. *Whatever the reason for the humans' acceptance,* he said, pulling himself back to the subject at hand, *you must admit that such acceptance is indeed a tactical advantage, which is why I pursue it as I do. That I also enjoy it is something for which I offer no apology.*

Orlon's expression lightened somewhat. *Yes....well, I suppose we should enjoy what we can, when we can. And you are certainly more skilled at keeping a low profile among the humans than Amar. Tell me, now that soldiers from the compound are out and about, do you think you can 'blend in' enough to learn more about the steps they've taken to keep us out?*

*Of course,* Malik answered.

*And what about the human allies who killed the hunter? Is it possible to discreetly visit them to make certain Brivari hasn't returned there? I don't trust Amar with either assignment, and Marana and I are not yet conversant enough with human customs to manage such a delicate interaction.*

*Consider it done,* Malik said, rising to his feet.

*And Malik?*

*What?*

*See to it that you do not carry your 'blending' too far.*

Malik merely nodded, no longer worried about where Orlon was going with this. Having Orlon think he sympathized with humans was far preferable to having him realize that he sympathized with Royal Warders. Besides, this conversation could not be considered anything less than a success: Brivari had escaped, and Malik had just received official sanction to visit two people he'd been meaning to visit anyway.



******************************************************


Proctor residence



Anthony paused at the base of the tree in the Proctor's backyard, unwilling to go forward, unwilling to go back. He'd second guessed his decision to tell Dee where he'd been yesterday at least a hundred times since he'd scrawled that note to her this morning in school, and he kept coming back to the same key points: He couldn't live with the weight of a secret like that, and should Dee ever find out about his involvement, as she very likely would.....well, Anthony had seen the way Dee's mother had reacted when she'd discovered her husband had been keeping a secret from her. And when it came to Dee and her mother, the apple didn't fall far from the tree. Better to tell her now and get it over with. Maybe she'd actually start talking to him again by the time summer vacation rolled around.

"Anthony!"

Anthony looked up as a face appeared overhead in the square hole in the floor of the treehouse. "Get up here!" Dee called. "I've been waiting forever, and it's almost dinner time!"

Sighing, Anthony slowly climbed the ladder. This would be much easier if he could wait until after dark, when Dee would be nothing more than a shadow and he wouldn't have to see the look she'd no doubt give him when she found out what he'd done. But this was a school night, which meant homework after dinner, then bed. No comforting darkness for him this time.

"C'mon!" Dee urged, hurrying him up the ladder. "You'll never believe what I heard!"

"What?" Anthony asked, all too happy to let her do the talking as long as possible.

"Remember I said in my note that Valenti got in trouble and that's why he kept quiet? I overheard Mama and Sheriff Wilcox talking this afternoon," she rushed on, not waiting for an answer, "and that Army officer who locked up Mac tried to do the same thing to Valenti!"

Anthony stared at her in shock. "Really?"

"Yep," Dee nodded. "They were almost to the base when the Sheriff stopped them, and he made the officer let Valenti go."

"But....but.....I just made that up!" Anthony exclaimed, his previous hesitation forgotten in the wake of his fib becoming real. "I just wanted the Sheriff to make him—"

Anthony stopped abruptly as the look on Dee's face raced swiftly through surprise to suspicion. "Anthony Evans, you tell me what you know right now!" she exclaimed. "When you said 'I know', I thought maybe you were just looking out your window and saw something, but this..." She stopped, crossing her arms in front of her. "Spill," she commanded.

"Okay," Anthony said, shifting his position slightly so he wouldn't be looking directly at her as he talked. "When I was out yesterday and you couldn't find me, I was....I was over at Valenti's house."

Silence. Total silence. Surprised, Anthony risked a peek at Dee, who looked completely, utterly flabbergasted. Never since he'd known her had he seen her speechless for so long. But this was Dee, and speechless couldn't last forever. "You were at his house?" she repeated incredulously. "After you wanted me to stay away from him, you went to his house? Even I never did that!"

Anthony said nothing, just stared at his hands and let her spout. Proctors were like geysers....or female Proctors were, anyway. Best to let them get it out of their systems before even trying to say anything.

"No wonder your parents were so mad," Dee was saying. "What got into you? Why on earth would you go and do a stupid thing like that?"

....a stupid thing like that.... Annoyance overshadowed guilt as Anthony felt his hackles rising. Who was Dee to be talking about doing stupid things? Wasn't it her family who'd gotten mixed up with aliens? Wasn't she the one who'd gone to Valenti in the first place, convinced she could change his mind by waving a law book under his nose? "I went because I didn't want him to tell on you," Anthony said testily. "I saw the soldiers here, and I was afraid of what would happen if he talked. So if you think that's 'stupid', then fine, I was stupid. And I'd be 'stupid' again in a minute if I had to."

Dee's face froze for a moment, and then her expression softened. "I'm sorry," she said. "I didn't mean that the way it sounded. I just....I just never expected you to do something like that. You're always so careful. I'm the one who usually goes and does something like that."

"It's amazing what you can do when you're scared," Anthony said.

"I know," Dee said soberly. They were both quiet for a moment, looking at each other. "Well?" she finally asked. "Are you going to tell me what happened, or do I have to drag it out of you?"

"I got a ride into Roswell and waited for Valenti on his front porch," Anthony said. "And when he got there, I told him he shouldn't tell whatever he saw Saturday night, and he said he hadn't."

"Really?"

"Yup. And that might have been the end of it if Major Cavitt hadn't shown up."

"You were there when that happened?" Dee said eagerly. "Did you hear what they said?"

Anthony nodded, remembering all too well how his heart had practically stopped beating when he'd realized who was standing at Valenti's door. "I opened and closed the kitchen door so Valenti would think I'd left, and then I doubled back around and hid behind a chair in his living room where I could hear what they were saying."

"Wow!" Dee whispered. "That was smart! So what'd you hear?"

"Cavitt told Valenti that if he'd tell what really happened at your house, he would tell him everything, answer all his questions. And Valenti got all excited. He was trying to hide it, but he didn't do a very good job. He was going to tell. I know he was."

"So what did you do?" Dee asked, her eyes wide.

"Valenti left with Cavitt, and I called the Sheriff from Valenti's house," Anthony said. "I didn't tell them who I was, and I made it sound like I thought Cavitt was kidnapping Valenti. I knew the same thing had happened to Mr. Brazel, so I figured they might listen and might get to Valenti before he said anything. But I didn't think Cavitt was really kidnapping him. I just made that up."

"And then what?"

"And then I hooked a ride home and got in trouble," Anthony finished, shrugging. "And I didn't know what happened until you told me in school this morning that Valenti hadn't talked. He was going to," he added, leaning in closer to Dee. "I know he was. I saw him when he left with Cavitt. His eyes were big, he was smiling—he was going to tell."

"But he didn't tell," Dee said. "Everything worked out all right."

"But he was going to," Anthony protested. "I don't think you know how close he was!"

"I probably don't," Dee admitted. "But at least we know he won't tell Cavitt now."

"Maybe," Anthony said doubtfully. "Maybe not. I just wish he'd never shown up at your house that night. If he hadn't been there, none of this would have happened."

Dee was quiet for a moment, watching him closely....a little too closely. "You called Valenti, didn't you?" she said. "That's how he knew. We always knew he wasn't just driving by like he said, but we couldn't figure out how he got here. It was you."

Anthony's face contorted, his hands writhing and twisting in his lap as he stared at the floor of the treehouse. He hadn't planned on telling her that part, about how he'd led the Proctor's worst enemies right to their doorstep at the worst possible moment. "I was scared, Dee!" he said miserably, unwilling to look at her. "You were so scared, and you told me the war was back, and I didn't know what to do! And then I saw that man on your front porch, and he finally went in, and there was all that fighting, all that noise....I had to do something! And Valenti had said he would help you, and you seemed to believe him....I didn't want to, but I had to do something. I couldn't just sit there and wait. I'm really sorry," he finished in a whisper. "I never should have called him."

A moment later, two hands reached into his lap and grasped his own. "Don't be sorry," Dee said gently. "I'm glad you called him. If you hadn't, something much worse might have happened."

"Don't try to make me feel better!" Anthony said crossly, pulling his hands away. He'd expected her to be angry; being placating was worse. "When Valenti showed up, he fired his gun, which made your father come down out of the attic and fire his gun, which got your mother all mad at him. And the neighbors heard the gunshots and called the Sheriff, which brought the Army here, which brought Cavitt here. It all comes back to Valenti, and I'm to blame for him being there!"

"I know," Dee said patiently, an eerie switch because it was usually Dee losing her temper and Anthony remaining calm. "But a friend of mine told me that if Valenti hadn't shown up when he did, he might have been captured....or worse. But my friend got away, and that wouldn't have happened if you hadn't called Valenti. So I'm glad you called him. You did good."

"Dee?" called a voice from below. "Are you up there?"

Startled, both Anthony and Dee jumped, instinctively moving away from the opening in the treehouse floor. So engrossed had they been in their own angst, they hadn't even heard Mr. Proctor coming. "What is it, Daddy?" Dee called.

"Dinner time," her father answered.

"I'll be down in a minute."

"Oh, no you don't. The last time you told me that, I had to come back out and fetch you, and your mother was not amused. Come down now."

"Okay," Dee sighed with an apologetic shrug in Anthony's direction. She climbed onto the top rung of the treehouse ladder....and then quickly leaned over and planted a kiss on Anthony's cheek.

"Thanks," she whispered, "for looking out for me."

And then she was gone, sliding down the ladder instead of bothering with the rungs, heading back into the house with her father, leaving Anthony absolutely thunderstruck. My goodness, but this had worked out differently than he'd expected. Valenti had kept his mouth shut, something good had come of his calling him in the first place, Dee wasn't mad at him.....and he'd gotten a kiss. His first kiss, if kisses on the cheek counted, that is.

A few minutes later, Anthony climbed down from the treehouse. He'd decided that it did count, and he smiled all the way home.



******************************************************



"I see the window got fixed," David remarked as Emily set a bowl of mashed potatoes on the table.

"First thing this morning," she answered, taking a seat. "Roger said we may need to open and close it a few times before it 'settles'. Other than that, today was blissfully uneventful."

"Good," David answered, deliberately avoiding any mention of the day's real "event": Emily's first shooting lesson with Mac. She may have realized the wisdom of having a weapon in the house, but that didn't make the subject any less of a minefield. "How about you?" he asked Dee. "How was school?"

"Boring," Dee replied, spreading mustard on her peas, the only way they could get her to eat them.

David smiled; school probably did look "boring" after the weekend's events. "Everyone looking forward to Christmas?"

"Everyone but me," Dee sighed. "All I want for Christmas now is for Brivari to be okay."

David and Emily exchanged glances; Santa was bound to have a tough time with that request. "Let's just keep hoping for the best," Emily said gently. "Maybe no news is good news."

Dee gave her a deeply skeptical look. "Or maybe no news is bad news," she countered.

"I like your mother's version better," David said. "I gather no one heard anything today? I know I didn't, save for a few questions at work."

"No, thank God," Emily said. "The phone never rang, nor did the doorbell, and I didn't see a soldier or a deputy all day, which is fine by me."

"I didn't expect you to," David replied. "Valenti said he used my story in his report."

"Well, pardon me if I didn't really believe that," Emily said severely. "We still don't know how he ended up here Saturday night. For all we know he's hanging out of a tree somewhere with a pair of binoculars."

"I don't think we need to worry about that," Dee said offhandedly.

Emily and David stared at her. "I mean....I just meant that it sounds like he learned his lesson," Dee added hastily. "So however he got here, I don't think it'll happen again."

The doorbell rang. "I'll get it," David said, as Emily's eyes widened. "I'm sure it's nothing." A moment later he peeked out the living room window to find an unfamiliar young man standing on the front porch, casually dressed, his hands in his pockets. "Can I help you?" David asked when he opened the door.

"You're David Proctor," the man said, regarding him with interest.

"That's me," David replied, trying to place the face and failing. "Have we met?"

"Once. I have a message for you."

"A message?"

"He escaped."

David's eyes narrowed. "Who escaped?"

"You know who."

David suddenly went cold, the few bites of dinner he'd eaten turning to lead in his stomach. Heedless of the chill, he slipped outside and closed the door behind him. The last thing his wife needed to hear right now was that yet another alien stood on their front porch, which seemed to have become something of a Grand Central Station for aliens these days. "You're wasting your time," David said carefully. "I have no idea where he is."

"Of course you don't," the man answered. "Nor do I. Nor should we. At this point, the less either of us knows, the better."

David's eyebrows rose as he studied his visitor. The alien's tone was calm, even friendly, his manner completely unthreatening. This one wore a younger face, early to mid-twenties, and his dress and posture lacked the stiffness and formality they were used to from Brivari. "You said we'd met," David reminded him. "When? Are you the one who came here on Halloween and caused all that trouble?"

"That was my colleague," the alien said regretfully, "and I apologize for his behavior. I seem to do that a lot," he added, sighing a very human sigh. "He has the unfortunate habit of stirring things up."

"So...that makes you the one who sent the message through my daughter," David said slowly, putting it together. "And the one who 'stirred things up' when you came to this house looking for Jaddo."

"I was trying to talk to him, not stir things up," the alien said, annoyance creeping into his tone. "I did talk to him later, for the all the good it did him."

"You also scared the hell out of my wife and daughter."

"I'm sorry," the alien said. "That wasn't my intention. I was trying to keep everyone alive and free so we could begin the process of rebuilding our world. That's why I stopped that sheriff's deputy from catching up to you the night you rescued the pods. If your military had intervened, I would have stopped them too."

David's eyes widened. So this was their guardian angel, the one who had kept Valenti at bay while they had lugged the pods home, never realizing how close they'd come to being caught. Emily still fretted sometimes over the fact that an alien had been watching them that night, but given what had happened, David had always assumed that their benefactor was the one who had told Dee he was still loyal. What was his name? He'd given her a name, if only he could remember it.

"Malik," David said suddenly. "You told my daughter to tell Brivari that 'Malik is loyal still'."

"You have a good memory," Malik said. "Not to mention a good aim. Which is causing no small amount of consternation in my quarters, by the way."

"You mean the hunter?"

"Brivari told you about hunters?"

"A bit."

"Then perhaps you know they're notoriously hard to kill," Malik noted. "How did you pull that off?"

Pull that off. There was human expression he'd never heard from an alien before. "It wasn't that hard," David said. "It lunged, I shot it. During the war, I couldn't see what I was shooting half the time anyway. This wasn't much different."

"So you were a soldier," Malik said approvingly. "Brivari was always skilled at choosing allies."

"I wouldn't say he 'chose' me," David said dryly, remembering that summer night when he and Brivari had first met. "He didn't want anything to do with me, but he didn't really have a choice, and neither did I, given what was going on at the time. And speaking of choices, what about you?" he added. "You keep popping up, inserting yourself between Brivari and whoever you're working for. Where are you in all of this?"

"Very unsettled," Malik said quietly, his gaze drifting away down the street. "I never saw this coming, Mr. Proctor. I wanted to reform the monarchy, not trample it. Now I find myself on the winning side of a conflict I don't agree with and want no part of. And so I'm trying, as I said before, to keep everyone alive and free so that when the time comes, all will have a voice at the bargaining table."

"You mean when your king is reborn?"

"He really did confide in you, didn't he?" Malik said. "The confidence of a Royal Warder is never easily earned. Which is why I'm here—you deserve to know that Brivari disappeared somewhere south of here. We never got close enough to harm him, so hopefully he is uninjured."

South, David thought. The Indian reservation. With any luck, Brivari had found the caves that would provide shelter from the hunters. "So how long will your people pursue him before they give up?" he asked.

"As long as it takes," Malik answered. "Our leader is a long time enemy of Brivari's. A friend-turned-enemy, actually, the very worst type of enemy one can have, and one who won't give up easily. Jaddo should be safe from us because your military has devised a way to identify my people, which makes removing him from the base too dangerous for us to attempt when another target is within reach. As for Brivari, hopefully he'll have the sense to keep his head down for a good long while."

"Twenty years?" David asked skeptically.

Malik smiled slightly. "I know. Wishful thinking. But I can hope, can't I?" He headed down the porch steps, his hands still in his pockets. "Goodbye Mr. Proctor. And Merry Christmas."

David leaned against the front door and let out a long slow breath as he watched the alien head down the street, the spitting image of an ordinary person. A moment later it hit him just how cold it really was out here, and he headed back inside, his family looking at him curiously when he arrived back in the kitchen.

"What's wrong?" Emily said, instantly suspicious when she saw the look on his face. "Who was that?"

"Nothing's wrong," David said, sliding back into his seat and smiling at Dee. "And you just got your Christmas wish. I think we all did."



******************************************************



Mescalero Indian Reservation




"Someone's coming!" Billy hissed.

Joe immediately joined him at the mouth of the cave where both had alternately huddled and paced for the better part of an hour, neither wanting to be close to the strange man still curled in a fetal position several yards inside. The man hadn't so much as budged since Jimmy had bolted out of here, merely moaned now and then, startling the two boys who were trying very hard to forget his presence. Whenever they heard a moan, they would move closer to the entrance even though the December winds made it colder there. Distance was preferable to warmth.

"Who is it?" Joe asked, peering outside.

Two figures emerged into the clearing outside the cave, and Joe felt Billy stiffen. "It's River Dog!" Billy exclaimed. "He brought him here?"

The two watched in distress as Jimmy and River Dog made their way across the clearing. Jimmy's stern older brother was feared amongst the younger children. Thank goodness the cigarettes were safely buried in the soft dirt of the cave, and the lighter was safely back in Jimmy's pocket.

"Is Bright Sun all right?" Joe asked as Jimmy and River Dog reached the cave.

Jimmy nodded, out of breath from running, although his older brother didn't seem the least bit winded. "Yeah, she's fine. River Dog says she hasn't had that necklace for awhile anyway. Who did you say she gave it to?" he asked his brother.

But River Dog had walked further into the cave, ignoring all of them. He was staring intently at the figure on the ground, circling slowly, watching for signs of movement before bending closer. "Give me the lighter," he said to Jimmy.

Billy and Joe stared at the ground. "What lighter?" Jimmy asked warily.

River Dog fixed his brother with a hard stare. "Do you really think I don't know what you're all doing up here? Father missed the lighter this morning. You have it. Give it to me."

Silence. River Dog's aura of command was such that Jimmy began reaching for his pocket almost automatically, catching himself just in time. "You'd better give it to him, Jimmy," Billy whispered, gazing fearfully at River Dog.

River Dog's eyebrows rose. " 'Jimmy'?"

Jimmy's face flushed as Joe and Billy exchanged glances. Jimmy's family insisted on using Indian names, although they did abide their English translations for their children, at least. His father would not be pleased if he heard his younger son sporting a white man's name. "It's just a nickname," Jimmy said defensively. "I can pick my own nickname, can't I?"

"Tell that to father," River Dog said shortly. "If you dare, that is. Now give me the lighter, Grey Wolf."

Reluctantly, Jimmy—or 'Nantan Lupan', the grey wolf—pulled the gold lighter from his pocket and handed it to River Dog, who lit the flame and held it close to the man's face.

"Let me see the necklace he carried," River Dog demanded as Joe hastily handed it over. River Dog fingered it briefly before rising to his feet.

"I know this man."

"You know him?" Jimmy echoed. "How?"

"This is the man who saved us from the boys who attacked me at the white school," River Dog said. "And this necklace was given by our sister to the white girl who defended us."

"Then why does he have it?" Joe asked. "Do you think he did something to the white girl?"

"Unlikely," River Dog answered. "She was also there when the white boys attacked, so this man saved her too. I don't know why he has this necklace now, but he is clearly injured. We will take him back to the village."

Before anyone could respond to this announcement, the man on the ground began to mumble and writhe, moving in an agitated, jerky fashion that caused everyone but River Dog to back up in alarm. "What's he doing?" Jimmy whispered.

"He's trying to speak," River Dog said, bending down on one knee, "but I do not understand."

"He says......he says not to take him away," Billy said in a hushed voice.

Every head swung in his direction. "You can understand that?" Joe asked. "How?"

"I don't know," Billy answered. "I just do, that's all."

"Quiet," River Dog commanded. "You are injured," he added more gently to the man on the ground. "We must take you to—"

The man's mumbling grew louder, although no more intelligible to anyone's ears but Billy's. "He says they'll find him," Billy reported, listening hard. "You must not remove him from this cave."

"You got all that out of that?" Joe said skeptically, shaking his head.

"Maybe that's why they named me 'He only sits there'," Billy answered hotly. "When you just sit there, you learn a few things you wouldn't have if you're running around hollering all the time."

"But who's chasing him?" Jimmy asked, ignoring his friends.

"And why?" Joe muttered.

"It does not matter," River Dog said firmly, rising to his feet. "He saved my life. If he does not wish to be removed, I will bring Father and Itza-chu here. Stay with him until we return."

"You're bringing a medicine man for a white man?" Joe asked incredulously.

"You're bringing Father up here?" Jimmy said in disbelief.

"If I cannot bring this man to those who can help, then I will bring help to him," River Dog answered, removing his coat and spreading it over the man. "Build a fire near the mouth of the cave. That will keep you warm, and at least some heat will reach him. I will be back within the hour."

"You'll freeze," Jimmy protested, slipping off his own coat. "Here....I know it's small, but it's better than nothing."

"No—you need it," River Dog said, putting the coat around his younger brother's shoulders. "I will be running, so I will stay warm. And I will tell father that I found this on the kitchen floor," he added, holding up the gold lighter. "See that you do the same."

"Well," Joe said disconsolately after River Dog had left, "I'm glad he's not going to tell on us. But as soon as everyone troops up here, there goes our great new hiding place."

"Doesn't matter," Jimmy said, looking down at the still form on the ground. "I have a feeling this cave doesn't belong to us now anyway."



~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


Part 6 comes to an end next week with Chapter 85. I'll post it next Sunday. :)
User avatar
Kathy W 2200
Fan Fic Fanatic
Posts: 602
Joined: Mon Jun 06, 2005 11:51 am

Post by Kathy W 2200 »

Hello and thank you to everyone reading! *wave*





CHAPTER EIGHTY-FIVE


December 15, 1947, 1830 hours

Eagle Rock Military Base




"More?" the astonished soldier behind the mess counter said to Spade. "What are you, some kind of bottomless pit?"

"I’m hungry," Spade shrugged.

"More like crazy," the soldier muttered. "Anyone that hungry for this stuff must have starved for the past week."

Just the last couple of days, Spade thought privately, watching the soldier dish up yet another serving of what was supposed to be meatloaf. He'd eaten next to nothing during the alien incursion business, and he'd probably lose his appetite later on tonight when he'd be packing up Treyborn's things to be sent home to his parents. Might as well eat while he felt like it.

"So what was all the excitement over your way coupla nights ago?" the soldier asked. "We heard Ramey showed up."

"We just lost our power," Spade answered casually, using the official cover story. "No one could figure out why for awhile, so everything got a little tense. Turned out it was just faulty wiring."

"Uh huh," the soldier said, obviously unconvinced. "So that's why you went and built that entranceway, or gauntlet, or whatever you call it onto the front of the building? Because of faulty wiring?"

"Coincidence," Spade said calmly. "That was slated to be built anyway."

"In one day?"

"Can I have a piece of apple pie too?"

"You've already had two."

"So we'll make it three," Spade smiled.

The soldier sighed and slapped another piece of apple pie onto Spade's tray. "How much longer you gonna be here, anyway? I'd like to know ahead of time if we need to run down to the grocer for more food for the rest of the base."

"Thanks, man," Spade said, accepting the laden tray and ignoring the question. "I'll be back if I want thirds."

"You mean fourths!" the soldier called after him as Spade headed back to the seat he'd been occupying for the better part of the last hour. It was still something of a shock that he was here at all. He'd been flabbergasted when Ramey had pulled him aside and bade him make up an off-duty schedule for his thinly stretched troops. Those who had been sedated were coming around and should be back within a couple of days, but not before being debriefed and brought up to speed on the new security protocols.

"Now?" Spade had said in disbelief to Ramey. "Don't misunderstand me, sir—I don't want another lockdown, but I know the aliens are still out there. Shouldn't we give them at least a little time to give up and leave?"

"What for?" Ramey had asked. "They'll be out there for the foreseeable future, Lieutenant. I need to know if last night's peace and quiet was just a lucky break, or if those x-ray machines are really an effective deterrent because a lockdown isn't a viable long term solution. So let the few men who are off duty go to the base if they want to, and let's see what happens."

We're using them as bait, Spade had thought, making certain that his own name was first on the list despite the grumbling he was sure that would cause. Turned out he was wrong; wary of what had happened to Walker and Treyborn, his men were all too happy to have their commander be the sacrificial lamb. If he came back safely, there would no doubt be a stampede for the doors.

Ketchup. He'd forgotten the ketchup. Couldn't have mystery meat without ketchup. Spade headed back to the food line, threading his way through toward the condiments. The soldier dishing up food threw him a look that Spade ignored; he only had forty-five minutes before he had to go back, back to everyone's weariness, Walker's dark looks, and the shock of those who'd been sedated when they learned all that had transpired while they'd been unconscious. He'd already relived Treyborn's death half a dozen times today for those who didn't know about it, and he'd have to relive it again when he returned, so he planned to enjoy every single one of his remaining forty-five minutes of peace, dirty looks or no dirty looks. Grabbing a ketchup bottle, he headed back to his table only to stop short several feet away—someone else was sitting there now, busily cutting up his own ketchup-laden mystery meat, his back to Spade.

"Hungry?" Spade asked, sliding into the seat opposite "Private Johnson", who was wolfing down his food with every bit as much gusto as Spade had.

"Starving," the alien answered. "Trying to....how did you put it? Oh yes—trying to 'manipulate the universe into some magic position where I'll get what I want' is hard work."

Spade felt his face growing hot. He had behaved rather badly two nights ago. He'd even told the alien not to come back, an order he was very glad had been ignored given that it had been Johnson's tip about the shoe fitting machines which had given Ramey the moral ground on which to make his stand. "I was angry," Spade said uncomfortably. "I—"

"Forget it," the alien said dismissively. "I see you figured out my message."

"Word of advice?" Spade said, unscrewing the ketchup bottle. "The next time you're trying to save someone's life, try being a little less cryptic. We almost didn't figure it out."

"But you did," the alien said calmly.

"Barely," Spade qualified.

"But Jaddo is still alive."

"Barely," Spade repeated as the alien looked up in alarm. "No, no, he's all right. He just almost wasn't. Even with the x-rays, my military still issued orders to have him killed that we had a devil of a time getting around."

The alien nodded. "I would imagine there's a faction which wanted him dead from the beginning. Probably felt he was too dangerous to have around, and used our attack to vindicate that viewpoint."

"Exactly," Spade said, "although that wasn't the worst of it."

"I can imagine."

"No, I don't think you can," Spade said.

"Let me hazard a guess," the alien said. "They wanted to keep him alive while they dissected him because they realize that if they kill him, his body will turn to dust a short time after his death. Am I warm?"

"Blazing hot," Spade whispered, looking down at his tray and realizing he'd lost his appetite. Good thing he'd filled up earlier.

"Unsurprising," the alien said casually.

" 'Unsurprising'?" Spade echoed. "That's it? Someone you're supposedly trying so hard to keep alive comes this close to an incredibly nasty death, and you just sit there stuffing your face? Jesus, the mere thought is enough to put me off food for a week!"

The alien stopped eating and stared at him for a moment. "I keep forgetting how young you all are," he said, more to himself than to Spade. "As a race, I mean. I saw this same behavior during your recent 'world war'. The disgust, the cries of horror at what Hitler did—"

"You think we shouldn't have been disgusted?" Spade interrupted.

"I think one could do much worse."

"Worse than Hitler?" Spade said in disbelief.

"There are worlds out there whose respective Hitlers not only triumphed, but continued to triumph long afterwards," the alien said. "Believe me when I say that your world does not have a monopoly on cruelty. So," he continued, going back to his food, "what changed the minds of your superiors?"

"One man," Spade said, still somewhat miffed at the reference to humans as "young". "General Ramey put his career, not to mention his life, in jeopardy to call off the executioners. Basically he blackmailed them. Our president, our country's leader, doesn't know we're holding an alien here. Ramey threatened to let that information slip."

"Really?" the alien said, finally surprised by something. "Why would he do that? Doesn't he realize that all they need to do is kill him to remove the threat?"

"Of course he does," Spade said with a touch of impatience. "We may be 'young', but we're not stupid."

"When I said 'young', I did not mean 'stupid'," the alien clarified. "I meant....'naïve'."

"Or 'immature'?" Spade challenged.

The alien smiled faintly. "I was being polite. But either word works. Both speak to a lack of experience, not a lack of intelligence." He laced his fingers together, leaning his arms on the table. "Children everywhere seem to share certain qualities. They expect their respective worlds to work in certain ways. They expect the people in those worlds to follow the rules and the guilty to be punished. They haven't yet learned the sad truth that many of those who don't follow the rules not only get away with it, but profit from it. Their idealism—their innocence—is still intact." He paused. "Your people are like that. Humans in particular, more than any other race I've encountered, persist in thinking they can stop the madmen, redress the wrongs, and bring the tyrants to justice. Like the trials at Nuremburg, and like your General threatening his superiors. You are still idealists."

"Then you can thank your lucky stars we're still idealists," Spade said, annoyed, "or 'naïve', or 'young', or whatever you'd like to call it. Because if we weren't, Jaddo would be dead."

"I know," the alien said soberly. "And so would Brivari."

"So Brivari's not dead?"

"No. He escaped somewhere south of here, unharmed as far as I know. And I'm willing to bet his human allies told him where to hide. I certainly hope so."

"You mean those 'idealistic' allies?"

"You really shouldn't put such a negative spin on it," the alien said. "I find human idealism quite refreshing. It was your idealism that drove your world to band together and bring down your latest tyrant, and in a very short time by universal standards, I might add. You lack the weariness that comes from having seen too much, and the resignation that comes from having tried too often to change things without success. Your youth, and the energy and stubbornness that go with it, are what has kept my people alive. I'm sure of that."

"Score one for the kiddies," Spade muttered, still put out. "So what are you doing here? You never show up unless something awful is about to happen. Are your people planning to attack again?"

"Not unless you lower your guard," the alien replied. "I've made it clear they can't get past the x-ray machines without being identified, and there are far too many of you with tranquilizer weapons for our taste. Keep your x-rays, and you should be fine. We'll be checking to see if anything has changed here or Brivari has returned, so I'll be able to contact you occasionally. I will always approach you in this form, so be suspicious of any of my people who approach wearing any other face."

"In other words, don't blab the fact that you're a double agent," Spade said dryly. "Ever get tired of leading such a complicated life?"

The alien stared at him in silence for a moment before answering. "All the time," he said softly, looking down at the table. "All the time."




******************************************************



Proctor residence




When the doorbell rang for the second time that night, David Proctor answered it with trepidation. What now? He'd just about had it with nasty soldiers, confessing deputies, and chatty aliens. So it was with a great deal of relief that he spied a familiar face on his front porch that didn't fit any of the preceding categories, even if this person's presence here was unexpected.

"Mr. Proctor?" the bartender from the Klassy Kat said when David opened the door. "I'm sorry to bother you at home, but I wasn't sure when I'd see you again, and....well.....frankly, I wanted this off my hands."

"Uh...okay," David said, a little embarrassed that he didn't know the bartender's name. "What is it?"

"It's from that nut job, Dupree," the bartender says. "He was lookin' for you Saturday night, and when you and your friend didn't show, he collared me. Said he's not comin' back, and he wanted you to have this. Was very insistent I hand it to you personally. So here. And good riddance."

David hastily took the lumpy envelope the bartender thrust into his hands. "Thank you. I'm sorry you got stuck playing delivery boy."

"Aw heck," the bartender said, waving his hand dismissively, "it's the least I could do after he attacked you the other night. How's your arm, by the way?"

"Fine," David said quickly. "It was—"

"I know, I know—it was no big deal," the bartender said. "And maybe it wasn't—for you. For me, it's bad for business. My tavern doesn't have the best reputation around, and stuff like that just makes it worse. So I'm glad Dupree's not comin' back, even if that means we don't get to hear any more of his fairy tales. He had me wonderin'," he confided, leaning in closer to David, "right up to when he said the aliens look like us. That's when I knew he was crackers."

"Right," David said. "Well...thank you for the home delivery. That really wasn't necessary. I'm sure Mac and I will be back."

"No problem," the bartender said, more cheerful now that he'd discharged his duty. "Whatever's in that envelope, I did not want it in my tavern. And you may not want it in your house. If I were you, I wouldn't take gifts from crazy people."

He's not crazy, David thought sadly as he said goodbye to the bartender and closed his front door. He'd forgotten all about his resolution to ask Brivari about Dupree's suspiciously familiar memories...and now Brivari was gone. He'd even had an alien on his front porch earlier who may have been able to shed some light on that, but he just hadn't thought to ask. And now Dupree was gone too; everyone involved was out of reach. David sat down on the couch, opened the envelope, and unfolded the paper inside, which turned out to be a letter written in angular, masculine handwriting.



David,

I won't be seeing you again, which is why I'm writing. I've decided to stop chasing aliens and go home to Tucson. I can't change what happened. Time to get on with my life. You were taken just like I was, and you got on with your life. I figure if you can do it, so can I. Sorry about your arm.

I'm giving you the only thing I ever managed to take from the bastards who took us. I grabbed it that night when I woke up inside the rock room. I've never been able to figure out what it is or make it do anything. Maybe you'll know. I'm putting this behind me, so I don't need it anymore.

Best of luck,

Charlie




"Good for you, Charlie," David murmured as he set the letter down gently in his lap. Ironic that it was a lie that had convinced Dupree to look forward instead of back, but no matter. He was young. Forward was the way to look, regardless of what lay behind.

Whatever was in the envelope was heavy. David fingered it for a moment, feeling the unfamiliar lump which was apparently wrapped in something like cotton or tissue paper. Despite the evidence to the contrary, David had almost managed to convince himself that perhaps it hadn't been Brivari's people who had kidnapped Dupree and the other children. He'd seen the etchings in the alien book before Brivari's memories had been transferred—perhaps he'd made the whole thing up himself? Or perhaps the resemblance was not as strong as he'd first thought; it was only an etching, after all, and months had passed since he'd seen it. Maybe this was all just a figment of his imagination....or maybe it wasn't. Whatever was inside this envelope could tip that scale one way or the other.

Slowly, David opened the envelope and unrolled the layers of tissue paper, dropping the small, heavy object inside into the palm of his hand. He stared at it for a long time, unmoving.

I could never get these to do anything either, David thought, staring at the healing stone in his hand. But my wife and daughter are experts at making these things glow.



******************************************************



Eagle Rock Military Base



"Come in," Spade called from his seat on the floor when he heard the knock. He looked up to find Yvonne hesitating in the doorway, her eyes raking the mess that was Private Treyborn's quarters. Or rather had been Treyborn's quarters. It was still hard to get used to that.

"Brian told me I'd find you here," Yvonne said, closing the door behind her and stepping gingerly around the various piles of stuff on the floor.

"Yep. Here I am," Spade sighed, leaning against the wall, grateful for the distraction. "Did you tell him?"

Yvonne nodded. "Yes."

"I'll bet he was relieved to hear that Brivari's still alive."

"I'm sure he was," Yvonne said, "but John's not exactly forthcoming with his feelings, unless those feelings have to do with anger, annoyance, or such like." She paused a moment, looking around the room. "So you're packing up his stuff?"

"All five hundred pounds of his stuff," Spade replied. "It's amazing what you can fit into one tiny little room. Started me thinking about all the crap I have in my own quarters that won't mean squat to anyone when I die."

"Such as?"

"Well, take these pictures for instance," Spade said, reaching for a stack of photographs within arm's reach. "Treyborn isn't in most of them. There's nothing written on the back. They're fairly old and pretty dog-eared, meaning he's had them for quite awhile, so they must have meant something to him. But I have no idea what because he's not here to tell me. And there's a little trophy over there that just says 'first place'. 'First place' for what? I'll bet Treyborn didn't get many trophies, but there's no way to find out what he was first in." He sighed, shaking his head. "Without a narrator, all those things that are so important to us are just junk. It's not our stuff that's so special, it's the story behind it, and the people who can tell that story."

"Maybe the pictures and the trophy will mean something to Treyborn's parents," Yvonne said gently. "I'll bet they know the stories behind them."

"Let's hope so," Spade said. "So what'd you need? Nothing else went wrong, did it?"

"No," Yvonne answered. "I just wanted to give you this." She reached into her pocket and carefully removed a large chocolate chip cookie inscribed with the words "Happy Birthday Captain Spade" in white frosting.

Spade smiled as he took the cookie. "Someone's been peeking in my file, haven't they?"

"I don't need to peek," Yvonne said primly. "Your birthday is clearly labeled in all your medical records, which I have access to. Besides, we were all in on it. You were supposed to have a party in the recreation room, but I think that'll have to wait."

"No problem," Spade said. "We December babies are used to having to wait until after Christmas to celebrate our birthdays. Besides," he added, looking around the room, "I'm really not in the mood to celebrate anything right now."

"I know," Yvonne said. "But we're going to celebrate your birthday anyway just as soon as the dust settles. If I've learned anything from this lovely experience, it's that you should grab what joy you can, when you can. And to celebrate our successes instead of dwelling on our failures. We've had a lot more successes than failures in the past twenty-four hours, you know."

"I guess," Spade said doubtfully. "But that one failure is all I can think about. Maybe after I get this stuff packed up, I'll be able to stop dwelling, but right now...." He paused, staring at the floor. "Thanks for the cookie. And for remembering. And for being the only person here who makes this even remotely bearable."

Yvonne leaned over and kissed him on the cheek. "Let me know when you're done 'dwelling', okay?"

"Okay."

The door closed softly behind her as Spade stared at the only birthday remembrance he'd received, the mail having been stopped because of all of the trauma. He knew she was right. Their motley combination of soldiers, nurses, generals, and aliens had managed to save John from abduction by his own people, execution, and a fate worse than execution, all in one day. And whatever his personal sorrow over Treyborn's death, that paled in comparison to the position in which General Ramey had placed himself on John's behalf. Earlier, Spade had overheard him on the phone to his lawyer, talking about updating his will. Ramey wasn't sure he would live through this latest power play, so he was covering his bases.

Spade's hand slipped inside his shirt and pulled out the thick, white envelope he'd been afraid to hide anywhere in his quarters. The words "To the American People" was scrawled across the front; the back was sealed, and the same hand had written "Roger Ramey" across the seal.

"If even one of those letters gets out, we'll have a devil of a time sitting on it."

What Cavitt and all the others Ramey had duped didn't know was that there was only one letter, the letter Spade now held in his hand. Ramey had been unable to think of even one person with whom he could entrust such a missive, or one person whose life he was willing to put at risk by virtue of holding it. His family and friends were out of the question, being the first place his enemies would look. Military associates could use it to blackmail him; the media would never be able to resist the urge to open it.

"I'll hold it," Spade had said.

"You?" Ramey had replied in surprise. "Son, I'm not certain you realize the kind of danger that would put you in. If anyone finds it—"

"What?" Spade had interrupted, not bothering to add "sir", rank having been rendered irrelevant by the magnitude of what they were trying to do. "They'll kill me? Like West and Belmont were killed? So what's new? I've been a marked man ever since I refused to lie for Major Cavitt. I've learned to live with it. Besides, I'm the safest person to hold it anyway. Who would ever suspect you'd entrust something like this to an inferior?"

"No one," Ramey had admitted, "but I want to make it very clear what you're up against. Major Cavitt is a peon compared to what we're dealing with here. We're talking the upper echelons of black ops, the invisible pinnacle of the Pentagon. These are the big boys."

"I don't see the point," Spade had answered, shaking his head. "If I'm dead, I'm dead....and I'm no less dead if I wind up killed by one of the 'little boys'." He'd held out his hand. "I don't see another way out of this. Do you?"


And Ramey hadn't. Which is why Spade now held what all of Ramey's enemies were no doubt feverishly looking for. If Ramey failed to make even one of his scheduled visits to the compound, it would be Spade's responsibility to blow the lid off the biggest secret in American military history.



******************************************************



Yvonne swirled water in the sink to wash down the toothpaste, dried her hands on a towel, and snapped off the bathroom light. It was a bit early for bed, but she was exhausted, and unfortunately there was no need to expect a visit from Brivari; their informant had been quite clear that the compound would be watched for any signs of laxity on their part or Brivari's presence. When she had delivered the news of Brivari's escape, John had behaved as though he'd expected it, but she'd known he was relieved. He had said little about either that or the rest of Stephen's conversation with the alien informant. Come to think of it, John had said very little at all since he had awakened; the fight seemed to have gone out of him. That wasn't normal, and, perversely, she found herself missing his old, prickly self. All the grousing in the world was preferable to this unnatural silence. She'd often wondered how John would cope if he ever lost access to his friend. Guess I'm going to find out, she thought wearily as she climbed into bed. Five minutes later, she was sound asleep.

Thirty minutes later, the door to her quarters opened softly. "Lieutenant?" a voice called. "Are you awake?"

No answer. The voice called again before the door opened further and Dr. Pierce and Corporal Brisson slipped inside, both carrying medical bags.

"Is that wise, sir?" Brisson asked, flinching as Pierce snapped on the desk lamp.

"Relax, Brisson," Pierce replied. "She's asleep. And will be even more so in just a moment."

Pierce removed a syringe from his bag and injected its contents into a vein on the back of Yvonne's hand. "There. Now we know she's out," Pierce said confidently, turning on the overhead lights, bathing the room in brilliance as Brisson flinched again. "Let's begin. Move her into position while I prepare."

"Should we be doing this in her quarters?" Brisson asked uncomfortably.

"Where else would we be doing it?" Pierce asked. "If we move her, we'll be seen. Besides, this is a repetitive process, Corporal. A woman is capable of becoming pregnant during only a small window of time each month. Moving the Lieutenant out of her quarters several nights in a row just raises the odds of being discovered. Best to keep things simple."

"But what if she wakes up?" Brisson pressed. "What will we say?"

"She will not wake up," Pierce said patiently, as though they'd been over this ground many times before. "The sedative I had you mix with her toothpaste is very effective; the gums are quite vascular, you know. I've used it many times in psychiatric hospitals. And the intravenous sedative I just injected her with ensures that she is out cold."

"But she'll notice!" Brisson protested, still making no move toward the bed. "She's not stupid, sir—do you really think she won't notice feeling groggy for several days in a row every month?"

"The intravenous sedative will take effect immediately and wear off long before morning," Pierce assured him, unfolding a small rubber sheet, "and the sedative in the toothpaste is easily metabolized. She'll merely have a very refreshing sleep for several days each month. As long as we're careful to exchange the toothpaste tubes during the target period, I promise you the Lieutenant won't notice a thing."

"What if she forgets to brush her teeth?" Brisson persisted.

"The Lieutenant is nothing if not fastidious," Pierce chuckled, "but just in case, that's why I have you knock first."

When Brisson still didn't move, Pierce walked closer to him, eyeing him steadily. "Corporal, you and I have worked for months on this little endeavor, haven't we? And all along," he continued as Brisson nodded mutely, "I have assured you that I will not harm Lieutenant White. Her curiosity, her intelligence, her compassion, all make her the perfect choice for the matriarch of a new race. She is so important, not only for this but for the prisoner's mental health as well that I simply have no incentive to harm her, and every incentive in the world to keep her hale and healthy. You do believe me, don't you, Brisson?"

"Yes, sir," Brisson said, his voice strained. "It just feels like....it feels like an assault."

"Really, Corporal!" Pierce exclaimed in exasperation. "Such an ugly metaphor! This is a medical procedure, not an attack! I realize you're young and inexperienced, but do try to keep your perspective. This will only take a minute. Shall we?"

Reluctantly, Brisson helped Pierce roll the Lieutenant onto her back and slide the rubber sheet beneath her, deliberately averting his gaze. Pierce donned a pair of rubber gloves and removed a glass speciman jar from his bag which held a solution containing the alien's reproductive cells.

"To a successful pregnancy," Pierce smiled, "and the first alien-human hybrid, not to mention a promotion for you, Brisson.....and my Nobel prize."




******************************************************



Mescalero Indian Reservation



Darkness had fallen before River Dog returned. Jimmy, Joe, and Billy looked up from the fire around which they'd huddled for warmth to see them crossing the clearing: River Dog, his father, Quanah, their medicine man, Itza-chu, or Great Hawk, and trailing close behind, Bright Sun. The three boys clambered to their feet, their legs stiff from sitting so long, and waited for the inevitable questions about how they had discovered the injured man and why they were so far out in the forest. They had come up with at least a dozen answers during their cold wait, none of them satisfactory.

And none of them needed, as it turned out. Quanah and Itza-chu all but ignored the three boys, setting down bundles of blankets and food and marching past them to the man still curled on the floor of the cave in the same position he'd been in earlier. Everyone huddled around while Itza-chu examined him in the light from a torch held by Quanah.

"Is the necklace yours?" Jimmy asked Bright Sun, who was staring wide-eyed at the man.

His sister nodded. "I gave it to Dee, my friend from the white school, after she helped us the day River Dog was in trouble."

"Do you know this man, daughter?" Quanah asked.

Bright Sun shook her head. "No."

Quanah looked at River Dog. "But you do?"

River Dog nodded. "When the bright light came, the light which felled the white boys, I saw this man standing in that same light, unaffected by it."

"And?" Quanah prompted.

"I thought he was an ancestor," River Dog continued, "come to rescue me. I asked him if he was an ancestor, and he said he was not."

"And you think this man was the cause of this bright light?" Quanah asked.

"I don't know how....but I am sure of it," River Dog answered.

"He is essentially unharmed," Itza-chu announced, rising to his feet, his examination over. "More exhausted than injured. He needs rest and food. And...." He paused, a troubled expression on his face.

"And what?" Quanah asked.

"There is something strange about this man," Itza-chu said. "His spirit is....different. I have never touched a spirit like this before. If my eyes did not instruct me otherwise, I would say that he is not one of us."

"Of course he isn't," Jimmy said. "Anyone can tell he's not Indian."

"That is not what I meant," Itza-chu said gravely.

An uneasy silence fell over the group as they stared at the man lying on the ground. "He looks normal," Joe said doubtfully.

"Looks can be deceiving," Itza-chu noted. He moved closer to Quanah. "If we help him," he said in a low voice, "we could be placing our people in danger. We know nothing about him or how he came to be here."

"He said someone was chasing him," Billy broke in, his voice hushed. "He didn't want us to take him out of the cave because he was afraid they would find him. What if they find him with us?"

"Exactly," Itza-chu agreed. "Leave the food and blankets for him. That is more than we owe."

"I disagree," Quanah said firmly. "This man saved my children's lives. That is a debt that must be repaid."

"Even if it endangers our own people?" Itza-chu challenged.

"They will be in no danger," Quanah answered, settling himself on the ground. "He wishes to be left here, and we will do so, shielding the village from any consequence of his presence. It is my family who owes the debt, so it is we who will tend him until he recovers. Then we will discover his true nature and decide how to proceed."

"I will stay, Father," River Dog announced.

"So will I," Bright Sun said.

"And me," Jimmy added.

"Very well, then," Itza-chu said reluctantly. "As long as he remains here. But there is one more thing I would ask." He turned to River Dog. "Did this man say why he was willing to help you?"

River Dog frowned. "No. He just said he was not an ancestor. I asked him who he was, and he said, 'A visitor who understands'."

"Interesting," Itza-chu murmured.

Bright Sun knelt beside the man, staring at him thoughtfully. "A visitor," she echoed. " 'Nasedo'."





End of Part Six
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


Next week, the story jumps six months ahead to July of 1948. I'll post Chapter 86 next Sunday. :)
User avatar
Kathy W 2200
Fan Fic Fanatic
Posts: 602
Joined: Mon Jun 06, 2005 11:51 am

Post by Kathy W 2200 »

Hey, everyone! Check out the beautiful banner Misha made for this series! Thanks a million, Misha! You can find it here:

http://majiksfanfic.com/phpbb/viewtopic ... 6251#16251



PART SEVEN--PURSUIT




CHAPTER EIGHTY-SIX



Six months later




July 3, 1948, 12:30 a.m.

Klassy Kat Tavern, Roswell




"That's it, Angus! You're through!"

"Jus' one more!" Angus pleaded. "What's one more drink?"

"One more drink I don't get paid for," the bartender grumbled.

"Put it on my tab," Angus coaxed, smiling encouragingly. "I'll pay ya on Monday. I promise!"

"Now where have I heard that before?" the bartender said, rolling his eyes in disgust. "No more, Angus! Not tonight, not ever. As of now, you're dry."

"Bastard," Angus mumbled under his breath, half sliding, half falling off his barstool, proving that he was anything but "dry". "Jus' one more drink. What kind of fella can't pour one more drink?"

"A 'fella' who's tired of being stiffed," the bartender said impatiently. "Get outta here before I throw you out."

None too steady on his feet, Angus lurched toward the front door of the Klassy Kat only to make a course correction mid lurch. He had to pee, and it took him several minutes of weaving to locate the bathroom, such as it was. Once inside, he aimed himself in the general direction of the lone urinal only to find it in use by someone who objected loudly to a two hundred pound drunk slamming into him from behind. Muttering incoherent apologies, Angus careened into the one stall and managed to close the door and latch it behind him before collapsing on the seat. Maybe it's just as well, he thought, remembering at the last minute to pull his trousers down. Standing wasn't high on his list of activities at the moment.

Safely seated, Angus began divesting himself of most of the whiskey he'd drunk tonight and his dinner besides, a boring process which took awhile. Discovering that the relatively large crack between the stall door and the door frame afforded a surprisingly good view of the urinal, he began keeping tabs on the number of men who missed versus the number who hit the target. Ten minutes later, the verdict was eight to one, which explained the peeling paint on the wall behind the urinal. "I ain't drunk," he murmured to himself with satisfaction. "Drunks cain't count." He pulled his trousers up, not even noticing the lack of toilet paper, and was just about to open the stall door when someone else entered the bathroom.

Angus paused, studying the newcomer through the crack in the frame. He wore black leather gloves, and a hood obscured his features completely. This wasn't surprising; many of the Klassy Kat's clientele had likely found themselves in situations where keeping their identities to themselves had been wise. Still, Angus' hand hovered over the latch on the stall door for several seconds before slowly retreating. He was drunk, but not so drunk that his survival instincts had been dulled. The man didn't yet know he was here, and that ignorance might prove beneficial.

Holding his breath as he peered through the crack, Angus watched the man swing his head left, right, up, and down, inspecting the tiny, filthy restroom. He moved to the window, kept closed to keep the flies out, and opened it all the way. He then took up a position in the corner near the bathroom door, his features still hidden by his hood.

What's he doing? Angus wondered. For a moment there, he'd throught the man had been trying to escape through the window, but now he was hiding behind the—wait. Anyone entering the bathroom would miss the man, who would wind up behind the open bathroom door. Why would he do that? Was he going to jump someone coming into the bathroom? That's it! Angus thought excitedly, his pulse quickening. What he was looking at here was probably a robbery, and he would be a witness. That might mean a reward! Visions of cash dancing in his head, Angus was careful not to make a sound as both he and the strange man waited for whoever was coming.

They didn't have long to wait. Less than a minute later, the door opened, and another man entered the room, this one hoodless. He looked perfectly normal, but for some reason, he gave Angus the willies. He'd seen all kinds at the Klassy Kat, from the businessmen who didn't like to admit they frequented the place, to those like himself down and out on their luck, to genuine criminals, but this one.....this one was different. His expression was....was.....blank would be the best word for it, Angus decided. Not angry, or frightened, or dangerous....just blank. Cold. Like there was nothing behind those eyes....nothing at all. The man spied the open window immediately and headed straight for it, the bathroom door swinging closed behind him. The hooded man moved up silently behind the second, who peered out the open window for a moment before suddenly wheeling around as the hooded man planted a hand on the second man's chest....and the second man screamed.

The sound was horrifying, ghastly, impossibly loud. Angus clamped his teeth on his forearm lest he join the chorus as the second man struggled, but seemed unable to break free of the hand on his chest. Steam rose from that hand, accompanied by a sizzling sound, the smell of burning flesh joining the acrid odor of stale urine. The assailant's hood fell back revealing a man with hard eyes not as empty as the other's, but every bit as cold.

Angus, who hadn't drawn breath since the drama began, watched in horror as the second man fell to his knees still screaming and began to....to change. His head enlarged. His body shrank. His hands and feet grew enormous. His skin turned a mottled gray. A moment later, everything had changed back; a moment after that, it changed again, faster this time, and continued to change, a writhing, twisted mass of flesh desperately trying to get away from the hand which remained firmly planted somewhere on it no matter what shape it took. The second man—or whatever he was—continued to scream as the first continued the attack and Angus continued to bite down on his arm, the stench of roasting flesh reaching nauseating levels.

Then the screaming stopped abruptly; the victim slid to the floor, Angus recoiling in horror as one smoking hand flopped dangerously close to the stall door. Only now did the assailant remove his hand from his victim, standing over him and staring. Watching. Waiting. Waiting for what? Angus thought, his arm still in his mouth, his eyes nearly bulging out of his head. Even his inebriated brain could tell this was no mere robbery: this had been nothing less than an execution, although who was doing the executing or what was being executed, Angus couldn't begin to tell. What should he do? Should he go for help? Was there any help to be had for something like this? And why hadn't someone come? Hadn't they heard the screaming? How could anyone miss that?

Angus peered out the crack again. The assailant was still staring down at the body, which looked completely human. Had he only dreamed that it was changing? Where had he seen that huge gray head before? Good Lord, how much had he had to drink tonight anyway?

Suddenly, as Angus watched, the assailant began to change. His body shortened, his head and hands grew larger, his skin turning gray just like his victim's had. The pupils in the now huge eyes spread until the eyes were black as coal. The eyes of the victim fluttered open, widening when they saw what stood over him.

"Know your executioner," the gray thing said softly, "and die in the name of your king."

A now huge gray hand came down once more, the victim gave one final cry....and then his entire body disintegrated, collapsing into a pile of fine, blackish stuff that looked like dark sand. Terrified, Angus stumbled backwards against the stall just as an alcohol numbed memory flared to life, his mouth clamped down so hard on his arm that he was certain to have teeth marks for days. That's where he'd seen that huge gray head before! They were aliens! Aliens, just like in the newspapers!

"Hey!" came an an annoyed voice, accompanied by thumping on the bathroom door. "Who the hell locked the door? Open up!"

Deliverance! Angus wrenched the stall door open, flew out of the stall without so much as a glance at the aliens, and catapulted toward the bathroom door. "Aliens!" he screamed at the top of his lungs as he fumbled with the door knob which, curiously, didn't seem to have a lock. "There's aliens here! Aliens!"

The knob turned and Angus was free, rocketing toward the main room. Conversation in the tavern ceased as he practically threw himself on the bar at the startled bartender. "They're in there!" he cried, breathing hard, his stale breath making the bartender grimace. "In the bathroom! Two of 'em! One killed the other! I saw it! I saw it!"

"What in blazes are you talking about, Angus?" the bartender growled. "I thought I told you to clear off!"

"Aliens?" someone else said. "Where?"

Leading something of a motley parade, Angus directed a crowd of curious customers toward the bathroom and opened the door with a flourish....only to deflate seconds later when someone in the crowd said, "I don't see no aliens."

Angus pushed his way to the front of the crowd. He wouldn't be surprised if the aliens were gone, but surely that pile of black dirt was still on the floor. Surely they must smell that horrible odor of burning flesh. Surely there was something left of the incredible things he'd just seen. But there wasn't. As the crowd stared, Angus spun around in confusion. The window was now closed, there was no pile of dirt on the floor, and the only smell that wrinkled his nose was the standard odor of stale urine and his own unflushed toilet.

"Angus, what in God's name you talkin' about?" one of the patrons asked. "There ain't no 'aliens' in here."

"But there were!" Angus insisted, his voice shaking almost as badly as the hand he held up to point to the floor. "Two of them, with big heads, and big eyes, and gray skin! They was changing shape right in front of me, and one killed the other and turned him into a pile of dirt! Didn't you hear it?" he asked the increasingly puzzled crowd. "Didn't you hear it scream? Didn't you smell it burning?"

"Burning?" someone echoed. "What was burning?"

"The second alien!" Angus exclaimed. "The first one put his hand on the second, and then the second started to smoke, and.......oh, it was awful!"

"Ain't no smoke in here," someone said.

"Ain't no pile of dirt neither, 'cept the usual piles," another wag observed, as everyone chuckled.

"But....what about the screaming?" Angus demanded, his eyes darting from one skeptical face to another. "Someone must have heard the screaming!"

"Angus," the bartender said with exaggerated patience, "you're drunk. I didn't hear any screaming. Anyone else hear screaming?" Heads shook. "See?" the bartender continued. "Nobody heard any screaming, there's no pile of dirt, no aliens, and the only thing I smell is—"

"Old beer," someone cut in, as the crowd erupted in laughter.

"Go home, Angus," the bartender said, ignoring whoever had interrupted. "You've had enough. You're seeing things."

"But I saw them!" Angus insisted. "I saw them with my own eyes!"

"Where exactly were you when all this was supposedly happenin'?" a patron asked.

"Right in there," Angus said promptly, pointing to the stall. "I could see them through this crack here."

More laughter. "Beautiful," the patron chuckled. "You were sittin' on the pot, drunker than a skunk, dropping your load, and you look through a crack and see aliens? That's rich, Angus. That's the best one I've heard you tell yet."

"But.....but it's true!" Angus objected as the crowd began to leave. "It's all true! I'm not making this up! How could I make up something like that?"

"Easy," the bartender said impatiently. "Just read the newspapers like everyone else. Now get outta here, Angus. Go on home and sober up."

Angus stared in disbelief as the crowd filed out, shaking their heads and muttering. "I though I'd heard everything from that Dupree character," the bartender said as he brought up the rear of the crowd, "but this takes the cake. Even he never said he saw aliens here."

A minute later, Angus was alone in the empty bathroom.




******************************************************



1 p.m.

Mescalero Indian Reservation




The sun was high in the sky by the time Brivari made his way back to the woods south of where the Proctors lived and the cave in which he had been living for the past six months. Still very tired despite having slept for several hours, he leaned against a tree for a rest just a short ways from the clearing which led to the cave. Hunters were notoriously difficult to kill, and this one had proven no exception. The electrical charge Brivari had sent into the hunter last night would have fried the internal organs of any other species in seconds; the hunter took a full two minutes just to bring down, and a second blast to finish it off, leaving Brivari with just enough energy to clean up the scene and escape, and none left over to deal with the hapless observer in the nearby cubicle. But no matter. He had left no evidence, and judging by the other patrons of that particular establishment, the witness was likely to be inebriated and considered unreliable. Leaving him had been a risk, but a small one compared with the benefit of having another hunter dead. Two down, Brivari thought wearily. Two to go.

It had been a long road to this day. After recovering from the ambush at the military base, Brivari had developed a system of allowing himself to be seen by the ordinary Covari chasing him, whom he could see as clearly as they could see him, and then retreating, waiting for the hunters to appear. The trick then was to follow the hunter, hoping for a situation where an attack would prove fruitful, a difficult task given the number of times hunters changed faces. Each time he'd lost them....until last night, when he'd tried something foolish. He'd allowed the hunter to get very close, led it to believe he was exhausted and desperate, and lured it into the back room of the tavern, leaving the window open to simulate a panicky exit. He had doubted it would fall for such a ruse, but if he could cause it just a moment's hesitation, just long enough to get behind it, to touch it.....and it had worked. Barely. The exhaustion and desperation Brivari had supposedly been feigning had not been completely mythical.

Brivari pushed himself off the tree and resumed walking. The cave in which he now lived and the forest around it had been a huge boon, shielding him from those who hunted him, but the isolation had been difficult to take. No wonder Jaddo had buckled at the threat of solitary confinement. This place was so isolated, so quiet, which was exactly what Brivari needed it to be, but still....... He'd never realized how much he had come to depend on the Proctors and the Healer for advice, support, or just plain companionship. Granted, he could leave the cave whenever he wanted, but every time he did so, he took his life in his hands. Anyone he saw, anyone he encountered anywhere could be a hunter, and he must never forget that. Fortunately Orlon had deployed the hunters seperately, meaning Brivari had not yet had to contend with a pair as he had at the Proctor's dwelling. He would never have been successful last night had there been two instead of one.

Brivari reached the edge of the clearing and paused, all his senses alert. The likelihood of him being followed was slim, but one must never take anything for granted. After watching and listening for a full minute, he advanced to the mouth of the cave and repeated the procedure, ultimately deciding it was safe to enter. The cool darkness of the cave reminded him of the pod chamber, which further reminded him that he had no idea how the hybrids were faring. He didn't dare go anywhere near the pods with hunters nearby.

"Nasedo."

Brivari nearly jumped out of his skin as someone loomed out of the shadows to one side. Goodness, these people were quiet. Nearly as quiet as a Covari sometimes.

"I am sorry I startled you," River Dog said, reading the look on Brivari's face all too well. "I did not mean to."

And you should not have been able to, Brivari thought ruefully, reflecting that this human child had no idea how difficult it was to "startle" a Covari. "Hello," Brivari said as he sank down on the ground, mentally noting that the boy usually appeared at night. "What brings you here at this time of day?"

"An invitation," River Dog answered, wearing a rare smile. "My father requests that you join our table for tonight's evening meal."

Brivari looked up in surprise. Now this was different. Since River Dog's people had discovered him in this cave, most had kept a wary distance, River Dog being the main exception because he felt he owed Brivari a debt for intervening when the human children in Dee Proctor's school had attacked. They were different, these "Indians", as the child had called them; human, yes, but a different substrate of the species. They spoke a language that had been completely absent from the data banks on Brivari's ship, a language he had yet to learn. And despite the child's insistence that Indians possessed no special abilities that would account for the way their society ostracized them, she had been wrong: River Dog's people possessed a highly developed intuition that allowed them to sense things that other humans Brivari had encountered could not. For example, although he had never changed shape in front of them or used his abilities, they still sensed something different about him, something....other. They could not define this "other", but they were certain of it all the same.

Brivari had respected this intuition by keeping his distance. He had never set foot inside River Dog's village, not because such a visit had been officially proscribed, but because he sensed it would cause unease. The Indians had responded to this courtesy by providing him with occasional deliveries of food and the one thing he needed most: Discretion. His presence in the cave had been kept secret, and no questions had been asked about his reasons for being there. For all that the Indians sensed that he was "other", they also appreciated what that meant as they, too, were considered "other" by their own race.

"This is an honor," Brivari said sincerely. "Given the way your people feel about me, are you sure this is wise?"

"They are curious," River Dog answered, squatting down beside Brivari. "They know I have visited you regularly all winter and spring and no harm has come to me. They know you came to us wearing a token given by my sister to one who defended us. You have not tried to impose yourself on us, or asked for any aid other than that which we have voluntarily provided. My father feels it is time. He wishes to speak with you."

"Then I will attend," Brivari replied promptly. "Do I require any instruction as to your customs?"

"No one will expect you to know our customs," River Dog assured him. "I will return for you at 5 o'clock.; you can easily be back here before darkness falls. I know you prefer to travel in daylight."

Brivari smiled slightly. He did indeed prefer to travel during the day when the light from Earth's bright sun masked his infrared signature somewhat. At night he would glow like a beacon to Covari eyes, which made it all the more ironic that he had managed to subdue a hunter at night. Of course he'd never told River Dog that he preferred to travel during the day; the youth had simply noticed, as he often did.

"Very well then," Brivari said, neither confirming nor denying the boy's statement. "I will be ready. And now, if you'll excuse me, I need to get some sleep," he added, sinking wearily down on the floor of the cave with his back against the wall. He needed his wits about him for a first meeting with new allies.

"Are you all right?" River Dog asked with concern.

"I am tired," Brivari answered, closing his eyes.

River Dog was silent for a moment. "They found you, didn't they? The ones who are chasing you."

Brivari opened his eyes to find the youth regarding him with that steady gaze which was his trademark. There were times he would swear these people could read minds.

"No," Brivari answered. "I found them."

River Dog nodded without comment as though he understood, which he very well might. "I will return at five o'clock," he said with a slight nod. As he left the cave, his footsteps faded away into the silence with which Brivari was now all too familiar.



******************************************************



1:30 p.m.

Copper Summit, Arizona





"Are you married?"

Malik smiled slightly as Marana's eyebrows rose. "No, we're not married," he said as he tipped the broken toaster upside down, spraying a shower of crumbs all over his kitchen table.

"Is she your girlfriend?"

"No, she's not my girlfriend," Malik told his pint-sized interrogator, a six year-old by the name of Jill whose family had sent her over to "Carl's" house to have their uncooperative toaster fixed.

"Then why is she living with you?" Jill persisted with all the usual tact of a six year-old.

"I told you," Malik said patiently, "she's my cousin and she's visiting. Could you hand me that screwdriver? No, the one with the blue handle."

Jill obligingly passed the screwdriver, throwing disapproving glances Marana's way every few seconds. Malik unscrewed the bottom pannel on the toaster and pulled it off.

*Nosy, aren't they?* Marana observed.

*They're just curious,* Malik answered. "Now I need the pliers," he said out loud.

Jill, who had been watching the toaster dissection with interest, completely unaware that a second conversation was being held right in front of her, reached for the pliers at the same time Marana did, their hands bumping into each other.

"It's my job to hand Carl his tools," Jill said crossly.

"Jill," Malik said quickly, as Marana's human eyebrows rose still further, "why don't you go ask your mother exactly what happened when the toaster stopped working. That would help me figure out what's wrong with it."

Obviously happy to have a task that Carl's "cousin" couldn't perform, Jill skipped happily off, banging the front door behind her. "I stand corrected," Marana said dryly after she'd left. "They're not only nosy, they're territorial too."

"And we're not?" Malik said. "Don't get all uptight about it. She's just a child."

" 'Uptight'?" Marana echoed. "Another human expression?" She smiled as Malik thew her an annoyed look. "So, do human children always assume that mixed gender pairs are mates?"

"No," Malik answered. "Would you pass me the hammer?"

"The what?"

"The hammer. Long wooden handle, crosswise metal piece, used for pounding. Over there. No, not that. On your left. Not that either. More left. Thank you," he said, when Marana finally located the hammer and handed it over, adding, "I wouldn't have had to wait so long if Jill had been here."

"Funny," Marana said sourly. "What is this thing you're fixing, anyway?"

"It's called a 'toaster'. It makes pieces of bread crispy."

"Why would they want to do that?"

Malik shrugged. "I guess they like the taste."

"So many of the machines you repair have to do with food preparation," Marana said. "The 'blender' yesterday, and the 'mixer' the day before that. One would think all these humans do is eat. No wonder that female next door is so massive."

"Don't you have something else to do?" Malik asked.

"No," Marana said peevishly. "I don't."

And therin lies the problem, Malik thought, teasing out the loose wire in the toaster. Having been brought here to assist with emergents, hybrids, and captured warders, a bioscientist had precious little to do with no warders, no hybrids, and no emergents mature enough to emerge. Marana busied herself after a fashion by monitoring the tanks in the basement below and watching Malik work while the three hunters, Orlon, and Amar were engaged in pursuit of Brivari, a pursuit which had proven fruitless for the past six months. Well, not entirely fruitless; Brivari had been spotted on many occasions, only to slip through their fingers every single time. Malik strongly suspected that Brivari had let himself be seen on purpose, but he kept that thought to himself. He'd kept all thoughts on that subject to himself since their failed attempt to reach Jaddo last December, letting the rest of them throw themselves into the hunt with gusto while he stayed behind, earning the currency they needed to maintain their human cover. He visited Roswell often enough to know that the x-rays machines he'd recommended to the humans were still firmly in place, an effective barrier to any further incursions by his people.

"Why don't you ask Orlon if you can join the hunt?" Malik suggested. "That would give you plenty to do."

"I have," Marana said crossly. "He says I'm too valuable to lose. "Which means I'm stuck here watching you fix this laughably simple machinery and being interrogated by nasty creatures."

"They're not 'creatures'," Malik said. "They're people, and they're my friends."

Marana stared at him a moment. "Honestly, Malik—'friends'? Are you serious?"

"They have all been unfailingly kind to us," Malik answered.

"Of course they have," Marana said irritably, slumping in her chair. "You invite them in, give them food, play games with them, fix their machines. What's not for them to like? If they knew what you really were, they'd feel differently."

Malik bit back a retort as he reached for the soldering iron. That was Amar's argument, and Malik really had no evidence that it wasn't true. So far, none of their human neighbors suspected that a bunch of people from another planet lived close by, and despite his fondness for them, even Malik wasn't hopeful about what their reaction would be if they found out.

"I must admit, this latest child piqued my interest," Marana continued. "Those blue eyes.....do you realize that most of the human test subjects who responded to the gandarium had blue eyes? Not all of them, of course, but the vast majority. I always wondered if there was a connection."

Malik finished soldering the loose wire in silence. His memories of his time on this planet before he and the others had run were not good ones. If Marana had met little Jill back then, it was safe to say that meeting would have gone much differently. "I suppose we'll never know if there's a connection," he said, "and there's no need. The project is the last thing on anyone's mind now."

"It should be on Khivar's mind," Marana said. "Argilian physiology won't allow the blending of tissue like we did with the Royal Warders, so they'll have to find another way. Perhaps if they—" She sat up suddenly. "Maybe I could continue the research! I don't have much equipment, but I could take samples and have them all cataloged by the time the Argilians get here. I certainly have enough time on my hands, and there are plenty of people in this neighborhood to provide a healthy group of test subjects. And you know them, Malik—you could help. They trust you, they—"

"Let me make something extremely clear to you," Malik interrupted sharply. "The project is over. The experiments are over. Find something else to amuse yourself."

"Calm down," Marana said, watching him closely as though she feared for his sanity. "I was just trying to find a way to be useful to the new regime. You're more likely to stay alive if you're useful, you know."

"Useful or not, these are not test subjects," Malik said firmly. "These are my friends and neighbors, and I'll thank you to remember that."

"Right," Marana said faintly. "And while we're keeping score, just exactly how do you view me?"

"Carl!" came an excited voice from the living room. "You got a package!"

Jill came bouncing back into the room bearing a large box, oblivious to the rather severe looks both Malik and his "cousin" were wearing. "The postman asked me to bring it to you," she said breathlessly, practically dancing from one foot to the other. "What do you think it is?"

"I don't know," Malik answered, dropping his eyes to the box, which bore no return address. "Shall we open it?"

"Yes, let's!" Jill enthused. "You, me, and...." She stopped. "What's your name?" she asked Marana. "You never told me."

*You never told me either,* Marana said to Malik. Neither she nor Orlon had bothered to invent a human pseudonym as both were rarely seen, and whenever they did appear, they wore a different face.

*Why not tell her your real name?* Malik asked innocently.

*What?* Marana exclaimed in disbelief. *What do you think she's going to do if she hears a strange name?*

*There's one way to find out.* "Her name is Marana," Malik said casually, as Marana's eyes popped. "Ever heard anything like that?"

Jill pondered, then shook her head. "No. But I like it; it's a pretty name. And you have pretty hair," she added, reaching out to stroke Marana's long human hair, her earlier violation of Jill's "territory" forgiven in the wake of a pretty name...or perhaps just natural human six year-old inconsistency. "Can I brush it sometime?"

"Uh...sure," Marana said uncertainly, trying to resist the urge to pull away from the child's touch. *Why did you do that?* she hissed privately to Malik. *Do you know how weird it will be to have a human address me by my real name?*

*Personally, I'd find it refreshing,* Malik answered. *I told you she wouldn't mind. Humans are very adaptable.* "Now," he said out loud, "let's see what's in this box."

Jill's attention immediately swiveled to the box, with Marana obviously relieved that a human "creature" was no longer petting her. Malik put the screwdriver to good work, and a moment later, pulled the flaps open.

"What's inside?" Jill asked excitedly as they all peered over the edge.

A moment later, she looked up, confused. "I don't get it," Jill said, as Malik and Marana exchanged stricken glances. "Who would be sending you a box full of dirt?"


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

I'll post Chapter 87 next Sunday. :)
User avatar
Island Breeze
Feedbacking Sci Fi King
Posts: 1791
Joined: Sat Jul 02, 2005 11:11 pm
Location: South Florida

Post by Island Breeze »

Well, I'm still playing catchup, but I read two chapters tonight. And they were as good as everything you've written so far! Wow! Loved the war of wills between Cavitt and Wilcox then between Cavitt and Valenti. And the whole argument about having a gun in the house. David and Emily, I sense, have not put this issue to rest yet. Neither is going to give in.

Chapter 73

I loved Wilcox's stand against Cavitt...

"Nix the insults, Major," Wilcox said in a stony voice. "I may not be Army, but I was wearing a badge while you were still in diapers. And don't bother telling me you meant no disrespect because we both know you did. I'm not giving you what you want. Period. End of discussion."
And I could just imagine Thompson's discomfiture at knowing the dog had been an alien! :shock:
Spade paused for a moment as Thompson sat stunned in his seat, trying to take it all in. The dog was probably the hardest to get used to. To think that the puppy you'd fed, played with, and cuddled with in bed was really an alien was more than a little disturbing.

Then Valenti actually stood up to Cavitt and did the right thing! :thumbsup :clap
"I think you're missing the point, Major," Valenti said. "The law itself protects the people, in this case from unreasonable search and seizure. I—"

"There are no laws to protect the people from a threat like this," Cavitt said flatly, his eyes going hard. "We face a threat the likes of which no one has ever faced before, so the laws as written cannot begin to address that threat, or the measures which must be taken to avert it. These are extraordinary circumstances, so extraordinary measures must be taken in response."

"If that's so, then make your case to the Judge," Valenti argued. "If it's really that bad, he might decide to issue a warrant over the Sheriff's objections."

"I do not have time for this nonsense!" Cavitt snapped. "I have already tried legal remedies, and they have failed!"

"So that makes it all right for you to try illegal remedies?" Valenti retorted. "I'm sorry you feel the laws of this nation are 'nonsense', Major, not to mention a bit surprised. I would think a commissioned officer in the United States Army would know better."

Never thought I'd say it, but yay for Valenti! :clap


Great chapter! :heart :heart :heart
- - - -
Gerry
- - - -
Hopeless Candy-Coated, Stargazing, Dreamer!
- - - -
Image

Image
User avatar
Island Breeze
Feedbacking Sci Fi King
Posts: 1791
Joined: Sat Jul 02, 2005 11:11 pm
Location: South Florida

Post by Island Breeze »

Chapter 74

The humans call it 'coffee', Brivari answered, easing onto the opposite bench. If you had done your homework, you would know that. You would also know that the form you've chosen is too old given the rank you wear; the human lifespan is shorter than ours, and their military doesn't admit males past a certain age. Sloppy as usual, Orlon.
Well, Brivari certainly seems to have done his homework! 8) By the way, I wound up having to remove the <and> from your quotes. Everything between them gets deleted except for one word. My whole feedback was one word between arrows. :cry:


Brivari really threw Orlon a curve with the information that the hybrid would have the mark.
Zan is not dead, Brivari said softly. With your long list of things that have gone wrong, that is one thing which has gone right.

I don't care what Valeris managed to cook up in his lab, Orlon said impatiently. A manufactured creature who resembles none of us will never be accepted as king, no matter how many memories of his predecessor he possesses.

Correct. He will be identifiable as king in the same way all of Antar's kings have been identified for centuries.

It took almost a full minute for the meaning of this statement to fully sink in. When it finally did, another full minute passed before Orlon found his voice.

Do you mean.....do you mean you actually have a hybrid with....with the mark? Orlon demanded. Do you have any idea what you've done? That thing....that abomination you've created will have the power to command us, to—

He will be safe from the likes of you, Brivari interrupted. Even in his fetal state, the mark prevents any of us from killing the king, from enlisting others to harm him, or from refusing to act on the knowledge that others plan to do him harm.

Covari may not be able to harm him,> Orlon said darkly, <but the Argilians can.

They are not here.

Yet, Orlon retorted. But they will be. And when they are, they will—

--fail, Brivari finished flatly. Valeris foresaw this possibility. The death of the hybrid bearing the mark will cause the development of the mark in another. Kill all the Zan hybrids, and the mark will transfer to another member of the Royal Four. We have hundreds; you'll never find them all. And I only need one.

Orlon stared at him, thunderstruck, as Brivari thanked his lucky stars that no one knew just how few hybrids they had left, and that they were all conveniently located in one place.
I didn't come here to argue the past with you, Brivari, Orlon said, eyeing him steadily. One of the few things we can both agree on is that we will never agree with each other's actions years ago. I am here because we have a unique opportunity, one which may never come again...but in order to take advantage of it, I need to get you back home. And in order to do that....I need you to give yourself up.

For a moment, Brivari just stared at him in shock, his sore leg forgotten. Then he began to laugh, beginning with a slow chuckle which progressed to a full blown guffaw which drew the attention of humans at nearby tables. Orlon frowned at him as he continued laughing, whether from the sheer ludicrousness of the request or sheer exhaustion, he couldn't tell. He couldn't remember the last time he'd laughed like this. It must have been in another time, on another world.
:lol That was unexpected! I don't remember ever seeing Brivari laugh before, and the idea that he would give himself up to Orlon does, on the surface of it, seem ludicrous. :roll:


But then Brivari showed another sense of humor... sarcasm...
Orlon's sharp reply was cut off by the sudden appearance of several human soldiers behind Brivari, all holding trays of food. "Can we join you?" one of them asked. "We heard you laughing, and we're all in the mood for a good joke."

"Then you're in luck," Brivari replied, nodding toward the furious Orlon. "Because you've found one."
Ouch! :lol That was great! :thumbsup :heart :heart :heart
- - - -
Gerry
- - - -
Hopeless Candy-Coated, Stargazing, Dreamer!
- - - -
Image

Image
User avatar
Kathy W 2200
Fan Fic Fanatic
Posts: 602
Joined: Mon Jun 06, 2005 11:51 am

Post by Kathy W 2200 »

Island Breeze wrote: By the way, I wound up having to remove the <and> from your quotes. Everything between them gets deleted except for one word. My whole feedback was one word between arrows. :cry:
Sorry about that. The carats were causing problems, which is why I switched to *asterisks* for telepathic speech. (I don't remember offhand which chapter that starts with, but I believe it's in the 80's.) I like the carats better, but unfortunately, so do computer programmers.

Thanks so much for the feedback! Glad you had a reason to cheer for Grandpa Valenti. I don't mean to make him out to be a bad person, just a very stubborn person who suffers from a touch of tunnel vision. (Okay....more than a touch. ;) )






CHAPTER EIGHTY-SEVEN


July 3, 1948, 3:00 p.m.

Copper Summit, Arizona




The box containing the hunter's dust sat on a table surrounded by Marana, Malik, Amar, and lastly Orlon, whose back was to the rest of them, staring out the window. "He mailed it to us," Amar repeated in disgust for what must be the twentieth time in the past forty minutes. "Cheeky bastard."

"Fortunately, it's only one of our hunters," Marana noted. "There isn't enough dust to represent the remains of two."

"He wanted us to know," Malik said, "instead of just wondering why the third didn't return."

"What about the other two?" Amar fretted. "Has anyone seen them?"

Everyone looked at Orlon, still staring fixedly out the window, apparently ignoring them. "Not so far," Marana answered, "so there's no way to know for sure what their status is. But I'd be very surprised if either of the other two is dead. Brivari is powerful, but the fact remains that hunters are very hard to kill. Just one kill would wear him out pretty thoroughly; he wouldn't be able to manage two in close succession. And all three were hunting separately, so it's very unlikely that two were in the same place at the same time."

"Isn't there any way to find out where this happened?" Amar asked, "where Brivari was last? That would give us an idea of where to start looking."

"We already know where he was last," Orlon broke in. "He was here. And you failed to realize that," he added, swinging his head around to glare at Malik and Marana.

"No," Malik said hastily, "Brivari wasn't at our house, Orlon. He sent this box through the post."

"The 'post'?"

"The system used by the apes to move goods and physical correspondence," Amar elaborated. "Also known as 'mail'. Take something to a post office, tell them where you want it to go, pay a fee, and it will be delivered."

"They have to 'pay' for the delivery of correspondence," Marana murmured. "I swear I will never understand this world's reliance on currency."

"Is there any way to tell from where something was....'mailed'?" Orlon asked, suddenly interested.

"Yes," Malik answered. "Each post office marks each piece of mail with the location and the time of day before........." He stopped, realizing something. "I never looked for a postmark," he whispered, pulling the box toward him and closing all the flaps. "It should be right.....here." Everyone crowded close, staring at the small circle Malik's finger was pointing to. "This box was mailed today at 9:01 a.m., from...."

"From where?" Orlon demanded when Malik paused. "Where was Brivari when he 'mailed' it?"

"Right here," Amar said ironically, reading the post mark. "He mailed it from the Copper Summit post office this morning, right after it opened."

Everyone digested this news in silence as Orlon walked to the window, resuming his staring. "So he was here, or at least in this town," Marana said after a moment, her eyes wide. "Why would he take a chance like that when he knows there are more hunters out there?"

"Because he's an idiot," Amar said flatly.

"He's no idiot," Malik said quietly. "Like I said, he wanted us to know."

"But we would have known," Marana argued. "Eventually, when this hunter didn't return, we would have figured it out without Brivari having to risk being found here."

"That wasn't the point," Orlon said. "He knew we'd find out the hunter was gone. He wanted us to know that it died at his hands, and that he can come this close to us without our knowing. He wanted me to know," he added softly. "That was the point of the exercise."

More silence. Orlon continued to stare out the window as Malik and Marana exchanged glances, each thinking the same thing: They were going to catch hell for this. Brivari had been in this very town this very morning with no one the wiser. They would be blamed for this, even though they were miles away and could not have known what was happening in Copper Summit's tiny downtown. Malik caught the smirk on Amar's face and studiously avoided looking at him. Amar was no doubt looking forward to watching Malik take a drubbing when it was Amar who usually found himself in that position.

"This is my fault," Orlon said at length, as Amar's face fell. "I never anticipated a hunt of this magnitude when I left Antar, and I confess I was unprepared. We are spread too thin. Hunters have always hunted in pairs for a very good reason; that box and its contents provide an excellent illustration of that reason. Had there been two hunters present, Brivari would not have prevailed."

"Well, what are we supposed to do?" Amar asked irritably, clearly put out that he hadn't had the pleasure of watching Malik and Marana being balled out. "If we don't spread out, we'll never find him. Brivari could be anywhere."

"I know where he will be, in the near future at least," Orlon said.

"You do? Where?" Amar demanded.

"He will take advantage of this victory to return to the military base to connect with his allies there," Orlon replied.

"That's crazy," Amar muttered.

"No," Marana said, shaking her head. "We might not expect to find Brivari here, but he must know we'll always have the base under surveillance."

"I hate to say it, but for once, she's right," Amar said as Marana glared at him. "We should fan out from here because this was his last known location."

"And that is exactly what he wants us to do," Orlon said with exaggerated patience, "to focus our attention hundreds of miles away from where he will actually be. Typical search patterns will not work, Amar. You chase no typical prey....and I know how this prey thinks. He will return to his allies, so that is where we must go. We will hunt in pairs," he announced, rising to his feet. "The hunters will hunt together as they always have and should have been doing all along. Marana, you will go with Amar to the human family and watch them. Malik will accompany me to the military base. The four of us will be the scouts while the hunters rotate from one location to another."

"Go with Amar?" Marana echoed in dismay as Amar scowled, no happier than she was. "Why do I have to go with Amar? Why can't Malik go with him?"

"Because I don't want Amar anywhere near the military compound," Orlon said pointedly, as Amar's scowl deepened. "And because I have need of Malik's special skills."

"What special skills?" Malik asked warily.

"Brivari has acquired some worthy human allies in his short time on this world," Orlon noted. "Winning converts to his cause was always one of his strong points. And perhaps," he continued with a small smile, "it is time to make those allies work for us."




******************************************************


The Pentagon

Washington, D.C.




"Oh, my God!" Corporal Keyser breathed, his pile of papers clutched to his chest as the door to the briefing room opened to reveal at least a dozen officers, including a number of generals wearing various numbers of stars, all milling around and chatting with each other. "Shouldn't Dr. Pierce be doing this, sir?"

"Dr. Pierce is meeting with other doctors," General Ramey said calmly. "And no, of course he shouldn't be doing this. You're the expert on this subject."

"But—"

"Steady, Corporal," General Ramey said. "This is no time for a panic attack."

"No, sir," Keyser said nervously as Ramey prodded him over the threshold. "It's just that.....well, I've never been to the Pentagon before, sir. And the last time I saw this many stars in one place, I was looking through my telescope."

Ramey chuckled as he closed the door behind them. "Take it easy, Corporal. They may be officers, but at the end of the day, they're only men."

And not all of them good men, Ramey added privately as Keyser continued to stare. Six months had passed since Ramey's successful power play in Roswell, and it was safe to say there wasn't anyone here who wouldn't be thinking of that moment as soon as they spotted him. Some were still seething over that episode, many were skeptical, and a few—a very few—had privately expressed sympathy for Ramey's motives. None had done so publically, and Ramey couldn't blame them. Had he been younger, with more of his career ahead of him as opposed to less, he was ashamed to admit he probably would have done the same.

"Roger!" One of the generals detached himself from the crowd and hurried over as Keyser shrank back, eyeing the two stars on the new General's collar. "How are you, Rog? Haven't seen you in months! Not since that magnificent hand of poker you played last Christmas," he added with a wink. "What have you been up to?"

"Making certain I have cards left to play," Ramey answered. He turned to Keyser, who was busily trying to make himself invisible. "General West, this is Corporal Keyser from Eagle Rock. The Corporal will be making the presentation today on the latest intelligence coming out of Roswell."

"At ease, soldier," West said affably as Keyser offered a stiff salute. "So you're the Christian Roger's throwing to the lions, eh?"

"Ignore him," Ramey counseled Keyser, who had gone white. "Stan, I'd thank you not to scare the shit out of my Corporal before he's even had a chance to say anything."

"I was only joking," West said, smiling at Keyser, who appeared unconvinced. "I'm sure we'll all be hanging on your every word."

"Why don't you take a seat and organize your things, Corporal?" Ramey suggested. "Take that seat there, right near the end of the table."

"That seat, sir?" Keyser echoed, not moving.

"Yes, Corporal," Ramey said patiently. "That seat right there."

Keyser took one step and stopped. "Aren't you coming, sir?"

"I'll be along in a moment. Run along," Ramey coaxed. "I expect you'll want all those papers in order before you start, won't you?"

Keyser glanced down at his laden arms. "Yes, sir," he said faintly as Ramey gave him a gentle push in the direction of the indicated seat. "I would."

"Jumpy little thing, isn't he?" West smiled as Keyser headed hesitantly toward the table.

"He's brilliant," Ramey said, "perhaps a bit too brilliant for dog and pony shows like this."

West leaned in closer and dropped his voice. "They're going to eat him for breakfast. You know that, don't you?"

"Really, Stan," Ramey said reproachfully. "You don't even know what I've got."

"True," West allowed, "but whatever it is, it had better be good."

Ramey's eyebrows rose. "Things are that bad?"

West sighed and glanced at the other generals. "Most of them are curious," he said to Ramey, "so I think they'll at least give you the benefit of the doubt. But not if it's some arcane, useless bit of information we can't use, like weird mathematical systems on some alien navigation thingy."

"It isn't," Ramey promised. "This time we'll knock your socks off."

"I hope so," West replied. "I'd like to see you win this one, Rog. I really would."

"I appreciate that, Stan," Ramey said sincerely. "Just let me confer with my Corporal, and then we'll get this show on the road."

"Good luck," West said, clapping Ramey on the back as he walked away.

"Thanks. I'll need it," Ramey muttered under his breath. He was halfway to Corporal Keyser when another voice stopped him.

"General Ramey. How good to see you again."

Ramey turned to find Major Lewis behind him wearing a pleasant smile, his neatly manicured nails holding a cut crystal tumbler of whiskey. "Major," Ramey nodded. "I'm sorry I can't say the same."

Lewis pursed his lips before replying. "Sir, I know we've had our differences, as is frequently the case amongst great men such as ourselves. I'd like to move past that and focus on the future, if you're willing."

"Oh, I'll bet you would," Ramey answered flatly. "This level of ass kissing can only mean one thing, Major—you're worried. You're worried that I've come here today with genuine intelligence, genuine technology, genuine something that you haven't had a hand in. And you're right to worry. Because I have."

Lewis' smile falted for a moment. "Sir, I realize we see things differently. You played a masterful hand last December, outwitting me at a game I'm very good at. I am not so proud that I can't admire a superior opponent. And regardless of who did or didn't win, we should keep in mind that both of us chose our respective courses of action for nothing less than the noblest of causes: Love of country."

"Oh, is that what it was?" Ramey asked dryly. "And here I thought you were just a cruel son of a bitch who couldn't wait to get your hooks into something you've been denied since day one."

Lewis colored, his pleasant expression evaporating. "Don't even waste your time trying to sweet talk me, Major," Ramey said coldly. "I know you. If you ever make the mistake of setting one foot near my compound again, I'll give you what you want: I'll throw you in the alien's room and applaud while it breaks your scrawny little neck."

"You might want to be careful, General," Lewis said, his eyes smoldering. "It's never wise to burn bridges."

"Then perhaps you'd best toss those torches of yours into a bucket of water before you set yourself on fire," Ramey counseled blandly.

"Everyone," General West's cheerful voice called, "would you please take your seats. We have a special presentation today from General Ramey of Eagle Rock."

In a matter of seconds, the chatter in the room had faded and died. Chairs scraped as Ramey moved to the head of the table and officers took their seats, most gazing with undisguised curiosity, some with undisguised hatred. Ramey watched Major Lewis take a seat beside his mentor, Lieutenant General George McMullen, who glanced fondly at his protégé before turning a hard gaze on Ramey. Ramey ignored him, stealing a glance at Corporal Keyser who appeared both organized....and paralyzed. Keyser had argued mightily that he was not the right person to give this presentation, but Ramey thought otherwise. He had it on very good authority that Keyser was perfect for the job.

"Gentlemen," Ramey began, "as some of you know, we at Eagle Rock have been hard at work on a new technology, one that will give our armed forces a vast edge against the communist threat. With the assistance of our 'guest', we have completed the research phase for this technology and are ready to move on to testing."

"What technology?" came a bored voice from the other end of the table. "Honestly, Roger, you haven't so much as even hinted at what you're up to."

"And it had better be good," McMullen added, to murmurs of assent around the table.

"It is," Ramey said confidently. "Gentlemen, I give you Project Starlight."



******************************************************


Eagle Rock Military Base




"I still haven't heard anything," Yvonne fretted after the door to John's room had slid closed behind her. "Shouldn't we have news by now?"

John looked up from the notebook he'd been scribbling in. "Of course you haven't heard anything. They won't be able to do a demonstration until after dark."

"I know that," Yvonne said, trying to keep the irritation out of her voice. "I was referring to the briefing. I would have thought at least Pierce would have called to report on how things went."

John snorted. "I would imagine Pierce is far too busy trying to take credit that isn't due him. I'm sure he's out there dazzling everyone on how indispensable he was to this project when his only contribution was to stay out of the way."

Reluctantly, Yvonne added silently. General Ramey had made it clear to Pierce that, now more than ever, medical testing took a back seat to intelligence. Pierce hadn't been happy about that, but given that he'd kept his position as John's keeper, he'd wisely decided to complain only in private.

"I still can't figure out why Cavitt didn't want to go to Washington with Ramey," Yvonne said. "You'd think he'd be just as eager to take credit."

"Cavitt didn't go because he is unsure of the reception Ramey will receive," John answered, still staring at his notebook. "He wouldn't want to be anywhere near Ramey if Ramey fails."

"I guess not," Yvonne said doubtfully, "although I can't see them turning down something like this. Did the General tell you exactly when the briefing was?"

"He wasn't certain, and whenever it was or will be, the timing is irrelevant. No one will believe a word he says until they see it with their own eyes. Therefore there will be nothing to report until after the demonstration."

Which means we still have hours left to wait, Yvonne thought glumly, plopping down on the couch opposite John. What Ramey was presenting to those in Washington today was the first piece of useable technology to come of their brush with aliens. Its acceptance would go a long way toward supporting Ramey's insubordination last December when he'd put his own career, if not his very life, on the line in order to save John's.

Yvonne threw a glance toward the opposite wall, the wall she knew was pocked with tiny micro perforations which allowed anyone in the adjacent observation room to see clearly. The microphones installed behind the walls allowed them to hear clearly too, but fortunately, that was no longer a problem. *Do you think they'll buy it?* she asked quietly in the telepathic speech which was now as much second nature to her as ordinary speech, and twice as useful.

John's eyes never budged from his paper. *If you mean to infer there is some kind of deception, you are incorrect. The device is real, and it represents an improvement over what your people previously used. I was severely hampered by your low level of technological development, so I was limited as to what I could do, but the end result is still far superior to what you had previously. The real question is how much this will raise expectations, and what the General and I are going to do for our next project.*

"The" General....interesting, Yvonne thought, musing on the fact that John no longer used the phrase "your General" anymore. As the sole cork in the dam that stood between John and a very ugly death, Ramey had become every bit as much John's General as her own. The higher he could make Ramey's star rise, the safer his life would be. The equation also worked in reverse; Ramey knew he needed John to produce something of interest to Washington to justify his decision to disobey orders last Christmas, and he had responded accordingly. When Ramey and John had put their heads together to come up with their first project, he had not only maintained the privileges John had enjoyed before, such as the furniture and regular clothing, he'd also basically given John anything else he wanted short of the ability to walk right out the door, much to Cavitt's dismay. Corporal Keyser, still the liaison between John and virtually every engineer or scientist at the base, was cleared to visit around the clock. A coffee pot was installed in John's room along with a supply of snacks so he didn't have to wait for meal time deliveries. John now had a clock, and he'd been given control of all the lights in his room save for one small one. Welcome improvements, all....but none of them could make up for what he had lost.

In the days that followed the alien attack and Brivari's flight from the base, Yvonne had watched John throw himself into his new work with a gusto which seemed all too familiar. He and Keyser had worked at all hours of the day and night, pursuing their goal with a single-minded determination which was the reason that goal had been reached in a mere six months. Keyser had interpreted this industry as a survival instinct, but Yvonne knew its true source. No one had heard a thing since last December, not from Brivari, or Malik.....or John himself, who had not so much as even uttered Brivari's name since the day after he'd disappeared. He was trying to forget, burying himself in work as a means of avoiding having to face the fact Brivari might never come back. She had watched her Uncle Ray do the same thing after her Aunt Bernice died, busying himself to the point of exhaustion and refusing to talk about it. What had happened here was not a death, but it might just as well have been.

*So,* Yvonne said, as John continued to scribble, *did you have anything in mind for a 'next project'? Is that what you're working on now?*

*No.* "I need a twelve letter word for 'stubborn'."

Yvonne blinked. "What?"

John flipped his notebook around; the page on which she thought he'd been writing was topped by a section of newspaper. Newspapers had been another perk Ramey had allowed, over Cavitt's strenuous objections, of course. And newspapers had comics, which had taken some time to explain, and crossword puzzles, which had taken none.

"Intransigent," Yvonne offered after a moment.

"Incredible," John said after a moment. "It fits." *Why couldn't we have chosen to land somewhere on this planet with a less confusing language?*

Yvonne leaned forward on the couch. *Why did you choose to land here?*

*As I recall, Brivari argued that this place was settled by a diverse group of people, hence someone different would be less likely to draw notice. He also noted the freedom afforded citizens of this area....although I would wager this wasn't what he had in mind,* he added, glancing around his room. *I really should remind him of that the next time he's—*

John stopped, his pencil poised over the newspaper. This was the first time he'd mentioned Brivari's name in six months, and he was talking about him like he still showed up regularly for meals.

*He's okay,* Yvonne said quietly. *If anything had happened, we would have heard about it.*

Silence. *Look, I know you're worried about him, and I know it's been very hard for you without him here,* Yvonne tried again. *If you want to talk—*

"Now I need a nine letter word for 'hopelessly stubborn'," John interrupted, still not looking up from his crossword.

Yvonne sighed. *That's easy. Try 'pigheaded'. Or better yet, try not being so pigheaded just for once in your life.*

John's head whipped up, those hard eyes fastening on hers. *I will cope with the bad luck life deals me in any way I see fit, and you are in no position to dictate how I do that.*

Yvonne felt her cheeks burning. *Fine,* she said stiffly, rising to her feet. "I'll leave you to your all-important puzzle. If I hear anything from Washington, I'll let you know." *Assuming you want to know, that is. Perhaps ignorance really is bliss.*

John did not respond as she knocked on the door and waited impatiently for the guards outside to open it. Not having Brivari here was hardest on John, but had been hard for her too. She'd never realized how much she'd depended on Brivari's insight not just into John, but into the volatile politics surrounding this whole situation. Much as Brivari hated Cavitt and Pierce, he usually understood their motives and frequently predicted their movements. His guidance had been enormously helpful, and she had missed that, despite the relative quiet of these last few months. She needed to talk about his absence, and given that there were only two people with whom she could hold such a conversation, her options were few. Factor in Stephen's limited availability and John's silence, and they were reduced to zero.

"Ma'am," the guard outside nodded as Yvonne left. She was down the hall and around the corner when the first cramp hit, causing her to stop, one hand on her abdomen. Another came, then another, and she leaned against the wall for support, breathing hard. Her period was coming due, and she usually did have cramps....but not like this. Cramps were dull, throbbing aches. These were sharp, stabbing pains, as if she'd swallowed a knife that had somehow made it down there.

The pains subsided after a minute, and Yvonne continued down the hall, more slowly this time. Perhaps this month, she was due for a bad one.



******************************************************


The Pentagon

Washington, D.C.





"Project 'Starlight'?" General McMullen echoed.

"Cute name," General Andrews allowed.

"Allow me to introduce Corporal Jesse Keyser, one of the brightest minds in the Army," Ramey continued, as Keyser flushed. "Corporal Keyser hails from Harvard, where he majored in physics and astronomy. The Corporal has spent countless hours with the prisoner refining this new technology. I now leave this briefing in his capable hands. Corporal?"

Ramey took a seat beside Keyser, who appeared anything but capable. He remained rooted to his chair, his wide eyes almost filling the lenses of his black rimmed spectacles as they darted amongst the skeptical faces of the men wearing so many stars. "Easy, son," Ramey whispered in Keyser's ear. "As I said before, they're only men, men who pee standing up just like you and I do. Perhaps it'll help if you keep that in mind."

Keyser gave Ramey a look that made it clear that he very much doubted that and stiffly rose from his seat. Impatience permeated the room as he shuffled through his papers with shaking hands and pushed his glasses higher on his sweaty nose.

"G-good afternoon, sirs," Keyser stammered. "Project Starlight involves the use of infrared light to facilitate night vision," he began, reading off a prepared statement. "It—"

"What?" General McMullen interrupted. "Good Lord, gentlemen! Haven't we already been over this?"

"Rog," General West said uncomfortably, "we tried that already. The infrared we used during the war didn't work out so well."

" 'Starlight'," General McMullen mused. "Let me guess, Corporal—the prisoner pointed to the sky and said, 'Look! Those are stars! And they give off light so you can see!' "

Laughter rumbled around the table. "So you've spent 'countless hours' with the prisoner," McMullen continued jovially, enjoying his place on center stage. "What's that like, Corporal, to spend so much time with a monster? Seeing you up there, sweating and shaking, I can't even begin to imagine how you survived that."

More laughter. Keyser's face was beet red, his worst nightmare coming true as a room full of multi-star generals laughed at him. "Perhaps the monster needed someone so nervous and gullible in order to sell us something we already know won't work," McMullen continued in disgust. "Honestly, Roger, you've been tying up precious resources, hogging the ENIAC when it could be used for something real instead of this fantasy. Why would you waste our time with—"

"With all due respect, sir, the prisoner is not a monster. And Project Starlight utilizes a different technology than the one previously used, one that promises to give our armed forces an advantage any army would die for."

Silence. Two dozen astonished faces swung toward the man at the end of the table, the man who only moments before had had difficulty squeaking out a single sentence, never mind interrupting a three-star general with such a flat, bold statement.

"What did you say, Corporal?" McMullen asked in astonishment.

Keyser turned to Ramey. "General," he said with absolute conviction, all traces of his former reticence gone, "if General McMullen feels that Starlight is a waste of his time, perhaps we should bring our research to some other branch of the service that would appreciate the huge tactical advantage it offers. The Air Force, perhaps, or the Marines."

Ramey stifled a smile as a dozen blood pressures shot skyward. The seldom-admitted-to rivalry between the various branches of the service was an excellent tool with which to make one's point. "Perhaps you're right, Corporal," Ramey said calmly, as various startled pairs of eyes found his own. "If this assembly is truly uninterested, I'll be on my way and not waste any more of our mutually valuable time."

"Hold on there!" General Andrews said in alarm. "I realize George has a rather prickly sense of humor, but he doesn't necessarily speak for all of us. I'd like to at least hear an overview."

"So would I," General West added, as McMullen scowled. "You came all this way with something you find exciting, and I must confess I'm intrigued. Please....continue."

Unmollified, Keyser looked at Ramey. "Sir?"

Ramey didn't answer immediately, allowing several seconds for everyone to stew and for Keyser to work up a good head of steam. This was precisely why he'd agreed to have Keyser lead this briefing, even though it would seem a strange choice to the uninitiated. Someone who knew Keyser well had argued mightily for his presence here, claiming that, although he was a timid pup in most circumstances, that timidity vanished when on familiar ground.....and no ground was more familiar than the ground on which this project rested. Keyser had braved Cavitt's sarcasm, engineers' skepticism, the alien's temper, and countless other dangers to arrive at the point where he now found himself, which was point man for the biggest advance in military technology since radar. He was very fond of this project, very protective of it, and Ramey had been assured that he wasn't about to let a room full of brass who might not even be able to spell the word 'physics' dismiss it without cause. Looking at Keyser now, flushed with indignation, it was clear that Ramey's informant had been absolutely right.

"Go ahead, Corporal," Ramey said generously, "since they asked so nicely."

"Yes, sir," Keyser replied, his tone making it clear he didn't agree with that last statement. "The Night Vision Device, or NVD, that was used during the war utilized what we call 'active infrared'. This means that a projection unit called an 'IR Illuminator' projected a beam of infrared light, which is invisible to the naked eye. This beam reflected off objects and bounced back to the lens of the NVD. Unfortunately, enemy troops with their own NVD's could also capture this projected beam, thus garnering the same intelligence as our own troops."

Keyser paused, looking out over a sea of blank faces, blank not because of the subject matter, which was familiar to them all, but because of the transformation in Keyser. He was the undisputed master of this subject, and it showed.

"The next generation of NVD that we've developed uses passive, as opposed to active, infrared. This new device uses the ambient light provided by the moon and the stars to augment the normal amount of reflected infrared in the environment. With no source of projected infrared, the enemy will no longer be able to piggyback off our systems."

"Corporal," General Andrews said slowly, "are you saying that we'll be able to see in the dark....but the enemy won't?"

"That's exactly what I'm saying, sir," Keyser said firmly. "This new generation of Night Vision Device represents the most exciting breakthrough since radar. We are no longer restricted to daylight battles....and we have our alien prisoner to thank for that."

Ramey watched the faces of the others at the table carefully, gauging their reactions. McMullen was scowling. Lewis wore his usual bland expression, unwilling to take sides until he saw which way the wind was blowing. Some looked uncomfortable at this unabashed praise; others looked downright impressed. Yet another reason to place Keyser at the head of the class. Only a precious few realized that the alien was not a "monster", and were not afraid to say so.

"So....you developed this new device with the assistance of the prisoner?" General West asked.

"No, sir. The prisoner developed this device, and worked hard to explain to the rest of us why it worked the way it did."

"I see," McMullen drawled. "And the prisoner just happens to be an expert in infrared devices?"

"The prisoner can see light in the infrared spectrum," Keyser explained.

"I thought you said that was invisible to the naked eye?" Andrews reminded him.

"I did, sir," Keyser said, looking the General squarely in the eye. "Infrared light is invisible to the naked human eye."

Disturbed glances were exchanged at this evidence of human inferiority. "This is a wonderful tale, gentleman," McMullen said darkly, "but as they say, 'show me the money'. Is this device real, or merely theoretical?"

"Real," Keyser answered promptly. "Mr. Doe and I have built a working prototype. If—"

" 'Mr. Doe'?" McMullen repeated blankly. "You named it?"

"No, sir. General Ramey named him shortly after he was captured—"

" 'He'? 'Him'?" McMullen echoed. "Jesus, Roger, what'd you do? Spread its legs and look?"

"No, George, I just took his word for it," Ramey said amiably, "much the same way I did with you, even though I didn't spread your legs either. Now gentlemen," he continued, as more laughter erupted around the table, this time directed at McMullen, who looked decidedly unhappy to be the butt of the joke. "You've heard the synopsis. If you'd like, the Corporal can elaborate, and we'll be showing the prototype to all interested parties at 2300 hours."

"I'll be there," General Andrews announced. "Just imagine what we could have done with something like this during the war!"

"Me too," General West added, smiling at Ramey. "This is quite a coupe, Roger. If this arrives as advertised, you will have advanced modern warfare and justified keeping the prisoner alive all in one fell swoop."

Silence. Everyone held their breath, looking from one face to the other as though West had just made a motion and they were waiting for a second....and in a way, that's exactly what had happened. West was the first to publicly support Ramey's stance last December, and Ramey knew only too well how expensive such a declaration could be even if Starlight received a ringing endorsement.

"Agreed," General Andrews said suddenly, every head swinging in his direction. "If this works the way you say it will, then keeping the prisoner alive was a small price to pay for such a technological advantage."

More murmurs of support followed, some louder than others, but audible nonetheless. Not from everyone, and definitely not from McMullen, who kept his mouth clamped firmly shut...but the tally was at least half. Perhaps more than half.

"Excellent," Ramey said with obvious satisfaction. "Corporal—please continue."



******************************************************



Eagle Rock Military Base




"Steady now," a voice whispered in Spade's ear as he carefully lined up his projectile with his target.

"Not too soon," murmured another in his opposite ear. "Hold right there."

Tucked in the front of a knot of staring soldiers, Spade held the handle of the spoon in one hand while the other tipped the bowl back just far enough so that the ammunition—in this case, mashed potatoes—wouldn't drip off. The intended recipient of this payload sat a table away on the far bench, safely entrenched behind another soldier seated on the near bench, both oblivious. The base mess wasn't particularly crowded, but even the few people wandering back and forth between Spade and his target made aiming more difficult. They needed to wait until the blocking soldier on the near bench left and to dodge passers-by.

At length the soldier on the near bench stood up, his tray in hand. As he climbed over the bench, a stream of people crossed in front of Spade prompting a steam of profanity from his cheering section. Patience, everyone, Spade thought, his eyes never leaving the target. Then the crowd cleared, the blocking soldier was gone, and the field was wild open.

"Bombs away," Spade whispered, releasing the bowl of the spoon.

The blob of mashed potatoes soared through the air in a graceful arc, high enough over everyone's heads that no one noticed....until it landed with a soft plop! directly on the target's head.

"Whoo hoo!" Both Spade and his cheering section erupted in glee, pounding each other on their respective backs. "Direct hit!" someone called, followed by, "Great shooting, man!" Those at the target's table burst out laughing after a split second of stunned silence, twisting in their seats to find the shooter. Without bothering to wait for the question, Spade stood up and took a formal bow.

"Okay, Spade, now we're even," said Spade's target, one Lieutenant Bruce, as he vainly tried to wipe the mashed potatoes out of his hair. "You got me fair and square."

"Not quite even," Spade said, smiling. "When you got me last week, it was potatoes and gravy. I'll send the gravy under separate cover."

"You will not!" came an exasperated voice as one of the KP workers charged between the two tables. "I am sick to death of these food fights! Do you have any idea how long it took us to peel all those potatoes? And now you're throwing them at each other? I swear, the next one who does that is—"

"Eh, shut up Harry," someone said. Everyone resumed their seats while Harry continued to carry on, madder than a hornet. Food fights were inevitable in base messes, although Eagle Rock had seen more than its fair share lately, which had sent the kitchen workers into a fury.

"You know, I think I liked it better when you and yours were locked up," Harry said angrily to Spade. "All any of you do is cause trouble. Why don't you stay over in your own mess and throw food over there?"

"Ignore'im," one of Spade's friends counseled as Harry stalked off. "You didn't start this one. He's just bitching."

This one. No, Spade hadn't started this one....but his men from the compound had started the whole food fight business. Locked down for months, their initial behavior once released very much resembled people who'd been cooped up far too long. It hadn't helped that the lockdown had only just ended when the aliens attacked last December, raising the prospect of it being reinstated. That hadn't happened, but it had taken a good long while to erase that specter from the men's minds. The prevailing opinion seemed to have been that they should live it up while they had the chance, hence the wave of food fights and other assorted adolescent behaviors that had followed, much to the chagrin of base police.

Maybe it's time to put the brakes on, Spade thought as he went back to his food. A full six months had passed with no further sign of the aliens and no mention of another lockdown. The x-ray machines their alien informant had recommended had revolutionized security in the compound. Gone were the cumbersome, time-consuming lists of security questions—now everyone just stepped up on the shoe fitter and had their species confirmed in seconds. Less time spent on security meant more free time, and the confidence everyone had in their new security devices meant that compound personnel came and went freely, both on and off the base. Quite a few had angled to get tomorrow night off so they could attend one of the various Fourth of July celebrations scheduled. Shifts had been traded and extra shifts agreed to in exchange for the coveted holiday, causing a scheduling nightmare that had given Spade a fair number of headaches over the past couple of weeks. But anything was preferable to gazing out the window, longing to feel the sun. Those days were over....but not for everyone. John was still very much captive, though busy with whatever magic something he and Corporal Keyser were building. No one had seen Brivari since the attack last December, nor their alien informant Malik, aka "Private Johnson". Spade had kept his eyes and ears cocked for months, but hadn't caught so much as a whiff of another alien presence.

"See you later, Spade," one of his friends said. "Good shooting."

"Thanks," Spade smiled, gathering up his own tray as the rest of the table departed. Behind him, Lieutenant Bruce had left also, probably to wash his hair, and the furious kitchen worker was back behind the counter, casting dark looks in Spade's direction as he plopped piles of mashed potatoes on trays. Time to leave, Spade thought, before anyone else in the mess hall got the bright idea of flinging a spoonful of anything.

"Are you going to finish that?" a voice said as someone sat down across from him.

"No," Spade said, pushing his almost empty tray across the table without looking up. "It's all yours. Just don't throw any mashed potatoes, or there'll be hell to pay."

"I enjoy many human games, but I must admit the hurling of food isn't one of them."

Spade's eyes flew up to lock on "Private Johnson's". "You!" he said severely. "Where the hell have you been?"


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

I'll post Chapter 88 next Sunday. :)
Post Reply